Search Results

Search found 15210 results on 609 pages for 'technical writing'.

Page 608/609 | < Previous Page | 604 605 606 607 608 609  | Next Page >

  • Clustering on WebLogic exception on Failover

    - by Markos Fragkakis
    Hi all, I deploy an application on a WebLogic 10.3.2 cluster with two nodes, and a load balancer in front of the cluster. I have set the <core:init distributable="true" debug="true" /> My Session and Conversation classes implement Serializable. I start using the application being served by the first node. The console shows that the session replication is working. <Jun 17, 2010 11:43:50 AM EEST> <Info> <Cluster> <BEA-000128> <Updating 5903057688359791237S:xxx.yyy.gr:[7002,7002,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1]:xxx.yyy.gr:7002,xxx.yyy.gr:7002:prs_domain:PRS_Server_2 in the cluster.> <Jun 17, 2010 11:43:50 AM EEST> <Info> <Cluster> <BEA-000128> <Updating 5903057688359791237S:xxx.yyy.gr:[7002,7002,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1]:xxx.yyy.gr:7002,xxx.yyy.gr:7002:prs_domain:PRS_Server_2 in the cluster.> When I shutdown the first node from the Administration console, I get this in the other node: <Jun 17, 2010 11:23:46 AM EEST> <Error> <Kernel> <BEA-000802> <ExecuteRequest failed java.lang.NullPointerException. java.lang.NullPointerException at org.jboss.seam.intercept.JavaBeanInterceptor.callPostActivate(JavaBeanInterceptor.java:165) at org.jboss.seam.intercept.JavaBeanInterceptor.invoke(JavaBeanInterceptor.java:73) at com.myproj.beans.SortingFilteringBean_$$_javassist_seam_2.sessionDidActivate(SortingFilteringBean_$$_javassist_seam_2.java) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.SessionData.notifyActivated(SessionData.java:2258) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.SessionData.notifyActivated(SessionData.java:2222) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.ReplicatedSessionData.becomePrimary(ReplicatedSessionData.java:231) at weblogic.cluster.replication.WrappedRO.changeStatus(WrappedRO.java:142) at weblogic.cluster.replication.WrappedRO.ensureStatus(WrappedRO.java:129) at weblogic.cluster.replication.LocalSecondarySelector$ChangeSecondaryInfo.run(LocalSecondarySelector.java:542) at weblogic.work.SelfTuningWorkManagerImpl$WorkAdapterImpl.run(SelfTuningWorkManagerImpl.java:516) at weblogic.work.ExecuteThread.execute(ExecuteThread.java:201) at weblogic.work.ExecuteThread.run(ExecuteThread.java:173) > What am I doing wrong? This is the SortingFilteringBean: import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.LinkedHashMap; import org.jboss.seam.ScopeType; import org.jboss.seam.annotations.Name; import org.jboss.seam.annotations.Scope; import com.myproj.model.crud.Filtering; import com.myproj.model.crud.Sorting; import com.myproj.model.crud.SortingOrder; /** * Managed bean aggregating the sorting and filtering values for all the * application's lists. A light-weight bean to always keep in the session with * minimum impact. */ @Name("sortingFilteringBean") @Scope(ScopeType.SESSION) public class SortingFilteringBean extends BaseManagedBean { private static final long serialVersionUID = 1L; private Sorting applicantProductListSorting; private Filtering applicantProductListFiltering; private Sorting homePageSorting; private Filtering homePageFiltering; /** * Creates a new instance of SortingFilteringBean. */ public SortingFilteringBean() { // ********************** // Applicant Product List // ********************** // Sorting LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder> applicantProductListSortingValues = new LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder>(); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("applicantName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("applicantEmail", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("productName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("productEmail", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSorting = new Sorting( applicantProductListSortingValues); // Filtering HashMap<String, String> applicantProductListFilteringValues = new HashMap<String, String>(); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("applicantName", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("applicantEmail", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("productName", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("productEmail", ""); applicantProductListFiltering = new Filtering( applicantProductListFilteringValues); // ********* // Home page // ********* // Sorting LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder> homePageSortingValues = new LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder>(); homePageSortingValues.put("productName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("productId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("productAtcCode", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productEmaNumber", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productOrphan", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productRap", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productCorap", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("applicationTypeDescription", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("applicationId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues .put("applicationEmaNumber", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues .put("piVersionImportDate", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("piVersionId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSorting = new Sorting(homePageSortingValues); // Filtering HashMap<String, String> homePageFilteringValues = new HashMap<String, String>(); homePageFilteringValues.put("productName", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("productAtcCode", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("productEmaNumber", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("applicationTypeId", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("applicationEmaNumber", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("piVersionImportDate", ""); homePageFiltering = new Filtering(homePageFilteringValues); } /** * @return the applicantProductListFiltering */ public Filtering getApplicantProductListFiltering() { return applicantProductListFiltering; } /** * @param applicantProductListFiltering * the applicantProductListFiltering to set */ public void setApplicantProductListFiltering( Filtering applicantProductListFiltering) { this.applicantProductListFiltering = applicantProductListFiltering; } /** * @return the applicantProductListSorting */ public Sorting getApplicantProductListSorting() { return applicantProductListSorting; } /** * @param applicantProductListSorting * the applicantProductListSorting to set */ public void setApplicantProductListSorting( Sorting applicantProductListSorting) { this.applicantProductListSorting = applicantProductListSorting; } /** * @return the homePageSorting */ public Sorting getHomePageSorting() { return homePageSorting; } /** * @param homePageSorting * the homePageSorting to set */ public void setHomePageSorting(Sorting homePageSorting) { this.homePageSorting = homePageSorting; } /** * @return the homePageFiltering */ public Filtering getHomePageFiltering() { return homePageFiltering; } /** * @param homePageFiltering * the homePageFiltering to set */ public void setHomePageFiltering(Filtering homePageFiltering) { this.homePageFiltering = homePageFiltering; } /** * For convenience to view in the Seam Debug page. * * @see java.lang.Object#toString() */ @Override public String toString() { StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(""); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("applicantProductListSorting"); sb.append(applicantProductListSorting); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("applicantProductListFiltering"); sb.append(applicantProductListFiltering); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("homePageSorting"); sb.append(homePageSorting); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("homePageFiltering"); sb.append(homePageFiltering); return sb.toString(); } } And this is the BaseManagedBean, inheriting the AbstractMutable. import java.io.IOException; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.util.List; import javax.faces.application.FacesMessage; import javax.faces.application.FacesMessage.Severity; import javax.faces.context.FacesContext; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletResponse; import org.apache.commons.lang.ArrayUtils; import org.jboss.seam.core.AbstractMutable; import org.slf4j.Logger; import org.slf4j.LoggerFactory; import com.myproj.common.exceptions.WebException; import com.myproj.common.util.FileUtils; import com.myproj.common.util.StringUtils; import com.myproj.web.messages.Messages; public abstract class BaseManagedBean extends AbstractMutable { private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory .getLogger(BaseManagedBean.class); private FacesContext facesContext; /** * Set a message to be displayed for a specific component. * * @param resourceBundle * the resource bundle where the message appears. Either base or * id may be used. * @param summaryResourceId * the id of the resource to be used as summary. For the detail * of the element, the element to be used will be the same with * the suffix {@code _detail}. * @param parameters * the parameters, in case the string is parameterizable * @param severity * the severity of the message * @param componentId * the component id for which the message is destined. Note that * an appropriate JSF {@code <h:message for="myComponentId">} tag * is required for the to appear, or alternatively a {@code * <h:messages>} tag. */ protected void setMessage(String resourceBundle, String summaryResourceId, List<Object> parameters, Severity severity, String componentId, Messages messages) { FacesContext context = getFacesContext(); FacesMessage message = messages.getMessage(resourceBundle, summaryResourceId, parameters); if (severity != null) { message.setSeverity(severity); } context.addMessage(componentId, message); } /** * Copies a byte array to the response output stream with the appropriate * MIME type and content disposition. The response output stream is closed * after this method. * * @param response * the HTTP response * @param bytes * the data * @param filename * the suggested file name for the client * @param mimeType * the MIME type; will be overridden if the filename suggests a * different MIME type * @throws IllegalArgumentException * if the data array is <code>null</code>/empty or both filename * and mimeType are <code>null</code>/empty */ protected void printBytesToResponse(HttpServletResponse response, byte[] bytes, String filename, String mimeType) throws WebException, IllegalArgumentException { if (response.isCommitted()) { throw new WebException("HTTP response is already committed"); } if (ArrayUtils.isEmpty(bytes)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException("Data buffer is empty"); } if (StringUtils.isEmpty(filename) && StringUtils.isEmpty(mimeType)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "Filename and MIME type are both null/empty"); } // Set content type (mime type) String calculatedMimeType = FileUtils.getMimeType(filename); // not among the known ones String newMimeType = mimeType; if (calculatedMimeType == null) { // given mime type passed if (mimeType == null) { // none available put default mime-type newMimeType = "application/download"; } else { if ("application/octet-stream".equals(mimeType)) { // small modification newMimeType = "application/download"; } } } else { // calculated mime type has precedence over given mime type newMimeType = calculatedMimeType; } response.setContentType(newMimeType); // Set content disposition and other headers String contentDisposition = "attachment;filename=\"" + filename + "\""; response.setHeader("Content-Disposition", contentDisposition); response.setHeader("Expires", "0"); response.setHeader("Cache-Control", "max-age=30"); response.setHeader("Pragma", "public"); // Set content length response.setContentLength(bytes.length); // Write bytes to response OutputStream out = null; try { out = response.getOutputStream(); out.write(bytes); } catch (IOException e) { throw new WebException("Error writing data to HTTP response", e); } finally { try { out.close(); } catch (Exception e) { logger.error("Error closing HTTP stream", e); } } } /** * Retrieve a session-scoped managed bean. * * @param sessionBeanName * the session-scoped managed bean name * @return the session-scoped managed bean */ protected Object getSessionBean(String sessionBeanName) { Object sessionScopedBean = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance() .getExternalContext().getSessionMap().get(sessionBeanName); if (sessionScopedBean == null) { throw new IllegalArgumentException("No such object in Session"); } else { return sessionScopedBean; } } /** * Set a session-scoped managed bean * * @param sessionBeanName * the session-scoped managed bean name * @return the session-scoped managed bean */ protected boolean setSessionBean(String sessionBeanName, Object sessionBean) { Object sessionScopedBean = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance() .getExternalContext().getSessionMap().get(sessionBeanName); if (sessionScopedBean == null) { FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().getExternalContext() .getSessionMap().put(sessionBeanName, sessionBean); } else { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "This session-scoped bean was already initialized"); } return true; } /** * For testing (enables mock of FacesContext) * * @return the faces context */ public FacesContext getFacesContext() { if (facesContext == null) { return FacesContext.getCurrentInstance(); } return facesContext; } /** * For testing (enables mocking of FacesContext). * * @param aFacesContext * a - possibly mock - faces context. */ public void setFacesContext(FacesContext aFacesContext) { this.facesContext = aFacesContext; } }

    Read the article

  • Inserting instructions into method.

    - by Alix
    Hi, (First of all, this is a very lengthy post, but don't worry: I've already implemented all of it, I'm just asking your opinion.) I'm having trouble implementing the following; I'd appreciate some help: I get a Type as parameter. I define a subclass using reflection. Notice that I don't intend to modify the original type, but create a new one. I create a property per field of the original class, like so: [- ignore this text here; I had to add something or the formatting wouldn't work <-] public class OriginalClass { private int x; } public class Subclass : OriginalClass { private int x; public int X { get { return x; } set { x = value; } } } [This is number 4! Numbered lists don't work if you add code in between; sorry] For every method of the superclass, I create an analogous method in the subclass. The method's body must be the same except that I replace the instructions ldfld x with callvirt this.get_X, that is, instead of reading from the field directly I call the get accessor. I'm having trouble with step 4. I know you're not supposed to manipulate code like this, but I really need to. Here's what I've tried: Attempt #1: Use Mono.Cecil. This would allow me to parse the body of the method into human-readable Instructions, and easily replace instructions. However, the original type isn't in a .dll file, so I can't find a way to load it with Mono.Cecil. Writing the type to a .dll, then load it, then modify it and write the new type to disk (which I think is the way you create a type with Mono.Cecil), and then load it seems like a huge overhead. Attempt #2: Use Mono.Reflection. This would also allow me to parse the body into Instructions, but then I have no support for replacing instructions. I've implemented a very ugly and inefficient solution using Mono.Reflection, but it doesn't yet support methods that contain try-catch statements (although I guess I can implement this) and I'm concerned that there may be other scenarios in which it won't work, since I'm using the ILGenerator in a somewhat unusual way. Also, it's very ugly ;). Here's what I've done: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo) { // Create a method with the same signature. ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); // Declare the same local variables as in the original method. IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } // Get readable instructions. IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); // I first need to define labels for every instruction in case I // later find a jump to that instruction. Once the instruction has // been emitted I cannot label it, so I'll need to do it in advance. // Since I'm doing a first pass on the method's body anyway, I could // instead just create labels where they are truly needed, but for // now I'm using this quick fix. Dictionary<int, Label> labels = new Dictionary<int, Label>(); foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { labels[instr.Offset] = ilGen.DefineLabel(); } foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { // Mark this instruction with a label, in case there's a branch // instruction that jumps here. ilGen.MarkLabel(labels[instr.Offset]); // If this is the instruction that I want to replace (ldfld x)... if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { // ...get the get accessor for the accessed field (get_X()) // (I have the accessors in a dictionary; this isn't relevant), MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; // ...instead of emitting the original instruction (ldfld x), // emit a call to the get accessor, ilGen.Emit(OpCodes.Callvirt, safeReadAccessor); // Else (it's any other instruction), reemit the instruction, unaltered. } else { Reemit(instr, ilGen, labels); } } } And here comes the horrible, horrible Reemit method: private void Reemit(Instruction instr, ILGenerator ilGen, Dictionary<int, Label> labels) { // If the instruction doesn't have an operand, emit the opcode and return. if (instr.Operand == null) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode); return; } // Else (it has an operand)... // If it's a branch instruction, retrieve the corresponding label (to // which we want to jump), emit the instruction and return. if (instr.OpCode.FlowControl == FlowControl.Branch) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, labels[Int32.Parse(instr.Operand.ToString())]); return; } // Otherwise, simply emit the instruction. I need to use the right // Emit call, so I need to cast the operand to its type. Type operandType = instr.Operand.GetType(); if (typeof(byte).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (byte) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(double).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (double) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(float).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (float) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(int).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (int) instr.Operand); ... // you get the idea. This is a pretty long method, all like this. } Branch instructions are a special case because instr.Operand is SByte, but Emit expects an operand of type Label. Hence the need for the Dictionary labels. As you can see, this is pretty horrible. What's more, it doesn't work in all cases, for instance with methods that contain try-catch statements, since I haven't emitted them using methods BeginExceptionBlock, BeginCatchBlock, etc, of ILGenerator. This is getting complicated. I guess I can do it: MethodBody has a list of ExceptionHandlingClause that should contain the necessary information to do this. But I don't like this solution anyway, so I'll save this as a last-resort solution. Attempt #3: Go bare-back and just copy the byte array returned by MethodBody.GetILAsByteArray(), since I only want to replace a single instruction for another single instruction of the same size that produces the exact same result: it loads the same type of object on the stack, etc. So there won't be any labels shifting and everything should work exactly the same. I've done this, replacing specific bytes of the array and then calling MethodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(byte[], int), but I still get the same error with exceptions, and I still need to declare the local variables or I'll get an error... even when I simply copy the method's body and don't change anything. So this is more efficient but I still have to take care of the exceptions, etc. Sigh. Here's the implementation of attempt #3, in case anyone is interested: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo, Dictionary<string, MethodInfo[]> dataMembersSafeAccessors, ModuleBuilder moduleBuilder) { ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } byte[] rawInstructions = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().GetILAsByteArray(); IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); int k = 0; foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; byte[] bytes = toByteArray(OpCodes.Callvirt.Value); for (int m = 0; m < OpCodes.Callvirt.Size; m++) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[put.Length - 1 - m]; } bytes = toByteArray(moduleBuilder.GetMethodToken(safeReadAccessor).Token); for (int m = instr.Size - OpCodes.Ldfld.Size - 1; m >= 0; m--) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[m]; } } else { k += instr.Size; } } methodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(rawInstructions, rawInstructions.Length); } private static byte[] toByteArray(int intValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(intValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } private static byte[] toByteArray(short shortValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(shortValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } (I know it isn't pretty. Sorry. I put it quickly together to see if it would work.) I don't have much hope, but can anyone suggest anything better than this? Sorry about the extremely lengthy post, and thanks.

    Read the article

  • Optimized OCR black/white pixel algorithm

    - by eagle
    I am writing a simple OCR solution for a finite set of characters. That is, I know the exact way all 26 letters in the alphabet will look like. I am using C# and am able to easily determine if a given pixel should be treated as black or white. I am generating a matrix of black/white pixels for every single character. So for example, the letter I (capital i), might look like the following: 01110 00100 00100 00100 01110 Note: all points, which I use later in this post, assume that the top left pixel is (0, 0), bottom right pixel is (4, 4). 1's represent black pixels, and 0's represent white pixels. I would create a corresponding matrix in C# like this: CreateLetter("I", new List<List<bool>>() { new List<bool>() { false, true, true, true, false }, new List<bool>() { false, false, true, false, false }, new List<bool>() { false, false, true, false, false }, new List<bool>() { false, false, true, false, false }, new List<bool>() { false, true, true, true, false } }); I know I could probably optimize this part by using a multi-dimensional array instead, but let's ignore that for now, this is for illustrative purposes. Every letter is exactly the same dimensions, 10px by 11px (10px by 11px is the actual dimensions of a character in my real program. I simplified this to 5px by 5px in this posting since it is much easier to "draw" the letters using 0's and 1's on a smaller image). Now when I give it a 10px by 11px part of an image to analyze with OCR, it would need to run on every single letter (26) on every single pixel (10 * 11 = 110) which would mean 2,860 (26 * 110) iterations (in the worst case) for every single character. I was thinking this could be optimized by defining the unique characteristics of every character. So, for example, let's assume that the set of characters only consists of 5 distinct letters: I, A, O, B, and L. These might look like the following: 01110 00100 00100 01100 01000 00100 01010 01010 01010 01000 00100 01110 01010 01100 01000 00100 01010 01010 01010 01000 01110 01010 00100 01100 01110 After analyzing the unique characteristics of every character, I can significantly reduce the number of tests that need to be performed to test for a character. For example, for the "I" character, I could define it's unique characteristics as having a black pixel in the coordinate (3, 0) since no other characters have that pixel as black. So instead of testing 110 pixels for a match on the "I" character, I reduced it to a 1 pixel test. This is what it might look like for all these characters: var LetterI = new OcrLetter() { Name = "I", BlackPixels = new List<Point>() { new Point (3, 0) } } var LetterA = new OcrLetter() { Name = "A", WhitePixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(2, 4) } } var LetterO = new OcrLetter() { Name = "O", BlackPixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(3, 2) }, WhitePixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(2, 2) } } var LetterB = new OcrLetter() { Name = "B", BlackPixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(3, 1) }, WhitePixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(3, 2) } } var LetterL = new OcrLetter() { Name = "L", BlackPixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(1, 1), new Point(3, 4) }, WhitePixels = new List<Point>() { new Point(2, 2) } } This is challenging to do manually for 5 characters and gets much harder the greater the amount of letters that are added. You also want to guarantee that you have the minimum set of unique characteristics of a letter since you want it to be optimized as much as possible. I want to create an algorithm that will identify the unique characteristics of all the letters and would generate similar code to that above. I would then use this optimized black/white matrix to identify characters. How do I take the 26 letters that have all their black/white pixels filled in (e.g. the CreateLetter code block) and convert them to an optimized set of unique characteristics that define a letter (e.g. the new OcrLetter() code block)? And how would I guarantee that it is the most efficient definition set of unique characteristics (e.g. instead of defining 6 points as the unique characteristics, there might be a way to do it with 1 or 2 points, as the letter "I" in my example was able to). An alternative solution I've come up with is using a hash table, which will reduce it from 2,860 iterations to 110 iterations, a 26 time reduction. This is how it might work: I would populate it with data similar to the following: Letters["01110 00100 00100 00100 01110"] = "I"; Letters["00100 01010 01110 01010 01010"] = "A"; Letters["00100 01010 01010 01010 00100"] = "O"; Letters["01100 01010 01100 01010 01100"] = "B"; Now when I reach a location in the image to process, I convert it to a string such as: "01110 00100 00100 00100 01110" and simply find it in the hash table. This solution seems very simple, however, this still requires 110 iterations to generate this string for each letter. In big O notation, the algorithm is the same since O(110N) = O(2860N) = O(N) for N letters to process on the page. However, it is still improved by a constant factor of 26, a significant improvement (e.g. instead of it taking 26 minutes, it would take 1 minute). Update: Most of the solutions provided so far have not addressed the issue of identifying the unique characteristics of a character and rather provide alternative solutions. I am still looking for this solution which, as far as I can tell, is the only way to achieve the fastest OCR processing. I just came up with a partial solution: For each pixel, in the grid, store the letters that have it as a black pixel. Using these letters: I A O B L 01110 00100 00100 01100 01000 00100 01010 01010 01010 01000 00100 01110 01010 01100 01000 00100 01010 01010 01010 01000 01110 01010 00100 01100 01110 You would have something like this: CreatePixel(new Point(0, 0), new List<Char>() { }); CreatePixel(new Point(1, 0), new List<Char>() { 'I', 'B', 'L' }); CreatePixel(new Point(2, 0), new List<Char>() { 'I', 'A', 'O', 'B' }); CreatePixel(new Point(3, 0), new List<Char>() { 'I' }); CreatePixel(new Point(4, 0), new List<Char>() { }); CreatePixel(new Point(0, 1), new List<Char>() { }); CreatePixel(new Point(1, 1), new List<Char>() { 'A', 'B', 'L' }); CreatePixel(new Point(2, 1), new List<Char>() { 'I' }); CreatePixel(new Point(3, 1), new List<Char>() { 'A', 'O', 'B' }); // ... CreatePixel(new Point(2, 2), new List<Char>() { 'I', 'A', 'B' }); CreatePixel(new Point(3, 2), new List<Char>() { 'A', 'O' }); // ... CreatePixel(new Point(2, 4), new List<Char>() { 'I', 'O', 'B', 'L' }); CreatePixel(new Point(3, 4), new List<Char>() { 'I', 'A', 'L' }); CreatePixel(new Point(4, 4), new List<Char>() { }); Now for every letter, in order to find the unique characteristics, you need to look at which buckets it belongs to, as well as the amount of other characters in the bucket. So let's take the example of "I". We go to all the buckets it belongs to (1,0; 2,0; 3,0; ...; 3,4) and see that the one with the least amount of other characters is (3,0). In fact, it only has 1 character, meaning it must be an "I" in this case, and we found our unique characteristic. You can also do the same for pixels that would be white. Notice that bucket (2,0) contains all the letters except for "L", this means that it could be used as a white pixel test. Similarly, (2,4) doesn't contain an 'A'. Buckets that either contain all the letters or none of the letters can be discarded immediately, since these pixels can't help define a unique characteristic (e.g. 1,1; 4,0; 0,1; 4,4). It gets trickier when you don't have a 1 pixel test for a letter, for example in the case of 'O' and 'B'. Let's walk through the test for 'O'... It's contained in the following buckets: // Bucket Count Letters // 2,0 4 I, A, O, B // 3,1 3 A, O, B // 3,2 2 A, O // 2,4 4 I, O, B, L Additionally, we also have a few white pixel tests that can help: (I only listed those that are missing at most 2). The Missing Count was calculated as (5 - Bucket.Count). // Bucket Missing Count Missing Letters // 1,0 2 A, O // 1,1 2 I, O // 2,2 2 O, L // 3,4 2 O, B So now we can take the shortest black pixel bucket (3,2) and see that when we test for (3,2) we know it is either an 'A' or an 'O'. So we need an easy way to tell the difference between an 'A' and an 'O'. We could either look for a black pixel bucket that contains 'O' but not 'A' (e.g. 2,4) or a white pixel bucket that contains an 'O' but not an 'A' (e.g. 1,1). Either of these could be used in combination with the (3,2) pixel to uniquely identify the letter 'O' with only 2 tests. This seems like a simple algorithm when there are 5 characters, but how would I do this when there are 26 letters and a lot more pixels overlapping? For example, let's say that after the (3,2) pixel test, it found 10 different characters that contain the pixel (and this was the least from all the buckets). Now I need to find differences from 9 other characters instead of only 1 other character. How would I achieve my goal of getting the least amount of checks as possible, and ensure that I am not running extraneous tests?

    Read the article

  • How to Upload a file from client to server using OFBIZ?

    - by SIVAKUMAR.J
    Hi all, Im new to ofbiz.So is my question is have any mistake forgive me for my mistakes.Im new to ofbiz so i did not know some terminologies in ofbiz.Sometimes my question is not clear because of lack of knowledge in ofbiz.So try to understand my question and give me a good solution with respect to my level.Because some solutions are in very high level cannot able to understand for me.So please give the solution with good examples. My problem is i created a project inside the ofbiz/hot-deploy folder namely "productionmgntSystem".Inside the folder "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\webapp\productionmgntSystem" i created a .ftl file namely "app_details_1.ftl" .The following are the coding of this file <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> <title>Insert title here</title> <script TYPE="TEXT/JAVASCRIPT" language=""JAVASCRIPT"> function uploadFile() { //alert("Before calling upload.jsp"); window.location='<@ofbizUrl>testing_service1</@ofbizUrl>' } </script> </head> <!-- <form action="<@ofbizUrl>testing_service1</@ofbizUrl>" enctype="multipart/form-data" name="app_details_frm"> --> <form action="<@ofbizUrl>logout1</@ofbizUrl>" enctype="multipart/form-data" name="app_details_frm"> <center style="height: 299px; "> <table border="0" style="height: 177px; width: 788px"> <tr style="height: 115px; "> <td style="width: 103px; "> <td style="width: 413px; "><h1>APPLICATION DETAILS</h1> <td style="width: 55px; "> </tr> <tr> <td style="width: 125px; ">Application name : </td> <td> <input name="app_name_txt" id="txt_1" value=" " /> </td> </tr> <tr> <td style="width: 125px; ">Excell sheet &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;: </td> <td> <input type="file" name="filename"/> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> <!-- <input type="button" name="logout1_cmd" value="Logout" onclick="logout1()"/> --> <input type="submit" name="logout_cmd" value="logout"/> </td> <td> <!-- <input type="submit" name="upload_cmd" value="Submit" /> --> <input type="button" name="upload1_cmd" value="Upload" onclick="uploadFile()"/> </td> </tr> </table> </center> </form> </html> the following coding is present in the file "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\webapp\productionmgntSystem\WEB-INF\controller.xml" ...... ....... ........ <request-map uri="testing_service1"> <security https="true" auth="true"/> <event type="java" path="org.ofbiz.productionmgntSystem.web_app_req.WebServices1" invoke="testingService"/> <response name="ok" type="view" value="ok_view"/> <response name="exception" type="view" value="exception_view"/> </request-map> .......... ............ .......... <view-map name="ok_view" type="ftl" page="ok_view.ftl"/> <view-map name="exception_view" type="ftl" page="exception_view.ftl"/> ................ ............. ............. The following are the coding present in the file "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\src\org\ofbiz\productionmgntSystem\web_app_req\WebServices1.java" package org.ofbiz.productionmgntSystem.web_app_req; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletRequest; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletResponse; import java.io.DataInputStream; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.IOException; public class WebServices1 { public static String testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) { //int i=0; String result="ok"; System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- Start"); String contentType=request.getContentType(); System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- contentType : "+contentType); String str=new String(); // response.setContentType("text/html"); //PrintWriter writer; if ((contentType != null) && (contentType.indexOf("multipart/form-data") >= 0)) { System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) after if (contentType != null)"); try { // writer=response.getWriter(); System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - try Start"); DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream(request.getInputStream()); int formDataLength = request.getContentLength(); byte dataBytes[] = new byte[formDataLength]; int byteRead = 0; int totalBytesRead = 0; //this loop converting the uploaded file into byte code while (totalBytesRead < formDataLength) { byteRead = in.read(dataBytes, totalBytesRead,formDataLength); totalBytesRead += byteRead; } String file = new String(dataBytes); //for saving the file name String saveFile = file.substring(file.indexOf("filename=\"") + 10); saveFile = saveFile.substring(0, saveFile.indexOf("\n")); saveFile = saveFile.substring(saveFile.lastIndexOf("\\")+ 1,saveFile.indexOf("\"")); int lastIndex = contentType.lastIndexOf("="); String boundary = contentType.substring(lastIndex + 1,contentType.length()); int pos; //extracting the index of file pos = file.indexOf("filename=\""); pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; int boundaryLocation = file.indexOf(boundary, pos) - 4; int startPos = ((file.substring(0, pos)).getBytes()).length; int endPos = ((file.substring(0, boundaryLocation)).getBytes()).length; //creating a new file with the same name and writing the content in new file FileOutputStream fileOut = new FileOutputStream("/"+saveFile); fileOut.write(dataBytes, startPos, (endPos - startPos)); fileOut.flush(); fileOut.close(); System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - try End"); } catch(IOException ioe) { System.out.println("\n\n\t*********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - Catch IOException"); //ioe.printStackTrace(); return("exception"); } catch(Exception ex) { System.out.println("\n\n\t*********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - Catch Exception"); return("exception"); } } else { System.out.println("\n\n\t********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) else part"); result="exception"; } System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- End"); return(result); } } I want to upload a file to the server.The file is get from user "<input type="file"..> tag in the "app_details_1.ftl" file & it is updated into the server by using the method "testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)" in the class "WebServices1".But the file is not uploaded. Give me a good solution for uploading a file to the server. Thanks & Regards, Sivakumar.J

    Read the article

  • MS Word Macro - Numeric field insertion with automatic calculation at end of page

    - by Will
    Hi, I am trying to duplicate a feature that exists in Multimate (Ashton Tate) word processor. Yes, the one that hasnt been supported for 20 years! If I can duplicate this one feature I can get all the users off MM and onto Word. The documents they create are billing documents. they consist of a descriptive paragraph of any length on the left side of the page, and a billing amount at the end of the paragraph over on the right hand side, like this (excuse the imperfect formatting).... +-----------------whole page--------------------+ |                                                                    | |    pppp-para 1-pppppppppp                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    pppppppppppppppppppp      $$$$$  | |                                                                    |  |                                                                    |  |    pppp-para 2-pppppppppp                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    pppppppppppppppppppp      $$$$$  | |                                                                    |  |                                                                    |  |                             etc                                  | +-----------------------------------------------------+ some of these bills can be a few hundred pages and have a dozen or so paragraphs on each page, which is why none of the users will leave MM until this efficient little feature can be duplicated. The thing that MM does really easily is that there is a function key that they can press at any time that will - - jump the cursor from the paragraph they are writing over to the right hand side - create a numeric field - allow them to enter a number into the numeric field - return them to the left hand side to start a new paragraph What MM also does is automatically total the numeric fields on each page and create a subtotal in the page footer. it also creates a total for the entire document and puts this in the footer of the last page. I would like to duplicate this feature in word with a macro, but have no idea where to start. Any suggestions or code would be great, thanks, will.

    Read the article

  • Slowdowns when reading from an urlconnection's inputstream (even with byte[] and buffers)

    - by user342677
    Ok so after spending two days trying to figure out the problem, and reading about dizillion articles, i finally decided to man up and ask to for some advice(my first time here). Now to the issue at hand - I am writing a program which will parse api data from a game, namely battle logs. There will be A LOT of entries in the database(20+ million) and so the parsing speed for each battle log page matters quite a bit. The pages to be parsed look like this: http://api.erepublik.com/v1/feeds/battle_logs/10000/0. (see source code if using chrome, it doesnt display the page right). It has 1000 hit entries, followed by a little battle info(lastpage will have <1000 obviously). On average, a page contains 175000 characters, UTF-8 encoding, xml format(v 1.0). Program will run locally on a good PC, memory is virtually unlimited(so that creating byte[250000] is quite ok). The format never changes, which is quite convenient. Now, I started off as usual: //global vars,class declaration skipped public WebObject(String url_string, int connection_timeout, int read_timeout, boolean redirects_allowed, String user_agent) throws java.net.MalformedURLException, java.io.IOException { // Open a URL connection java.net.URL url = new java.net.URL(url_string); java.net.URLConnection uconn = url.openConnection(); if (!(uconn instanceof java.net.HttpURLConnection)) { throw new java.lang.IllegalArgumentException("URL protocol must be HTTP"); } conn = (java.net.HttpURLConnection) uconn; conn.setConnectTimeout(connection_timeout); conn.setReadTimeout(read_timeout); conn.setInstanceFollowRedirects(redirects_allowed); conn.setRequestProperty("User-agent", user_agent); } public void executeConnection() throws IOException { try { is = conn.getInputStream(); //global var l = conn.getContentLength(); //global var } catch (Exception e) { //handling code skipped } } //getContentStream and getLength methods which just return'is' and 'l' are skipped Here is where the fun part began. I ran some profiling (using System.currentTimeMillis()) to find out what takes long ,and what doesnt. The call to this method takes only 200ms on avg public InputStream getWebPageAsStream(int battle_id, int page) throws Exception { String url = "http://api.erepublik.com/v1/feeds/battle_logs/" + battle_id + "/" + page; WebObject wobj = new WebObject(url, 10000, 10000, true, "Mozilla/5.0 " + "(Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.2.3) Gecko/20100401 Firefox/3.6.3 ( .NET CLR 3.5.30729)"); wobj.executeConnection(); l = wobj.getContentLength(); // global variable return wobj.getContentStream(); //returns 'is' stream } 200ms is quite expected from a network operation, and i am fine with it. BUT when i parse the inputStream in any way(read it into string/use java XML parser/read it into another ByteArrayStream) the process takes over 1000ms! for example, this code takes 1000ms IF i pass the stream i got('is') above from getContentStream() directly to this method: public static Document convertToXML(InputStream is) throws ParserConfigurationException, IOException, SAXException { DocumentBuilderFactory dbf = DocumentBuilderFactory.newInstance(); DocumentBuilder db = dbf.newDocumentBuilder(); Document doc = db.parse(is); doc.getDocumentElement().normalize(); return doc; } this code too, takes around 920ms IF the initial InputStream 'is' is passed in(dont read into the code itself - it just extracts the data i need by directly counting the characters, which can be done thanks to the rigid api feed format): public static parsedBattlePage convertBattleToXMLWithoutDOM(InputStream is) throws IOException { // Point A BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(is)); LinkedList ll = new LinkedList(); String str = br.readLine(); while (str != null) { ll.add(str); str = br.readLine(); } if (((String) ll.get(1)).indexOf("error") != -1) { return new parsedBattlePage(null, null, true, -1); } //Point B Iterator it = ll.iterator(); it.next(); it.next(); it.next(); it.next(); String[][] hits_arr = new String[1000][4]; String t_str = (String) it.next(); String tmp = null; int j = 0; for (int i = 0; t_str.indexOf("time") != -1; i++) { hits_arr[i][0] = t_str.substring(12, t_str.length() - 11); tmp = (String) it.next(); hits_arr[i][1] = tmp.substring(14, tmp.length() - 9); tmp = (String) it.next(); hits_arr[i][2] = tmp.substring(15, tmp.length() - 10); tmp = (String) it.next(); hits_arr[i][3] = tmp.substring(18, tmp.length() - 13); it.next(); it.next(); t_str = (String) it.next(); j++; } String[] b_info_arr = new String[9]; int[] space_nums = {13, 10, 13, 11, 11, 12, 5, 10, 13}; for (int i = 0; i < space_nums.length; i++) { tmp = (String) it.next(); b_info_arr[i] = tmp.substring(space_nums[i] + 4, tmp.length() - space_nums[i] - 1); } //Point C return new parsedBattlePage(hits_arr, b_info_arr, false, j); } I have tried replacing the default BufferedReader with BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(is), 250000); This didnt change much. My second try was to replace the code between A and B with: Iterator it = IOUtils.lineIterator(is, "UTF-8"); Same result, except this time A-B was 0ms, and B-C was 1000ms, so then every call to it.next() must have been consuming some significant time.(IOUtils is from apache-commons-io library). And here is the culprit - the time taken to parse the stream to string, be it by an iterator or BufferedReader in ALL cases was about 1000ms, while the rest of the code took 0ms(e.g. irrelevant). This means that parsing the stream to LinkedList, or iterating over it, for some reason was eating up a lot of my system resources. question was - why? Is it just the way java is made...no...thats just stupid, so I did another experiment. In my main method I added after the getWebPageAsStream(): //Point A ba = new byte[l]; // 'l' comes from wobj.getContentLength above bytesRead = is.read(ba); //'is' is our URLConnection original InputStream offset = bytesRead; while (bytesRead != -1) { bytesRead = is.read(ba, offset - 1, l - offset); offset += bytesRead; } //Point B InputStream is2 = new ByteArrayInputStream(ba); //Now just working with 'is2' - the "copied" stream The InputStream-byte[] conversion took again 1000ms - this is the way many ppl suggested to read an InputStream, and stil it is slow. And guess what - the 2 parser methods above (convertToXML() and convertBattlePagetoXMLWithoutDOM(), when passed 'is2' instead of 'is' took, in all 4 cases, under 50ms to complete. I read a suggestion that the stream waits for connection to close before unblocking, so i tried using HttpComponentsClient 4.0 (http://hc.apache.org/httpcomponents-client/index.html) instead, but the initial InputStream took just as long to parse. e.g. this code: public InputStream getWebPageAsStream2(int battle_id, int page) throws Exception { String url = "http://api.erepublik.com/v1/feeds/battle_logs/" + battle_id + "/" + page; HttpClient httpclient = new DefaultHttpClient(); HttpGet httpget = new HttpGet(url); HttpParams p = new BasicHttpParams(); HttpConnectionParams.setSocketBufferSize(p, 250000); HttpConnectionParams.setStaleCheckingEnabled(p, false); HttpConnectionParams.setConnectionTimeout(p, 5000); httpget.setParams(p); HttpResponse response = httpclient.execute(httpget); HttpEntity entity = response.getEntity(); l = (int) entity.getContentLength(); return entity.getContent(); } took even longer to process(50ms more for just the network) and the stream parsing times remained the same. Obviously it can be instantiated so as to not create HttpClient and properties every time(faster network time), but the stream issue wont be affected by that. So we come to the center problem - why does the initial URLConnection InputStream(or HttpClient InputStream) take so long to process, while any stream of same size and content created locally is orders of magnitude faster? I mean, the initial response is already somewhere in RAM, and I cant see any good reasong why it is processed so slowly compared to when a same stream is just created from a byte[]. Considering I have to parse million of entries and thousands of pages like that, a total processing time of almost 1.5s/page seems WAY WAY too long. Any ideas? P.S. Please ask in any more code is required - the only thing I do after parsing is make a PreparedStatement and put the entries into JavaDB in packs of 1000+, and the perfomance is ok ~ 200ms/1000entries, prb could be optimized with more cache but I didnt look into it much.

    Read the article

  • Setting up a pc bluetooth server for android

    - by Del
    Alright, I've been reading a lot of topics the past two or three days and nothing seems to have asked this. I am writing a PC side server for my andriod device, this is for exchanging some information and general debugging. Eventually I will be connecting to a SPP device to control a microcontroller. I have managed, using the following (Android to pc) to connect to rfcomm channel 11 and exchange data between my android device and my pc. Method m = device.getClass().getMethod("createRfcommSocket", new Class[] { int.class }); tmp = (BluetoothSocket) m.invoke(device, Integer.valueOf(11)); I have attempted the createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(UUID) method, with absolutely no luck. For the PC side, I have been using the C Bluez stack for linux. I have the following code which registers the service and opens a server socket: int main(int argc, char **argv) { struct sockaddr_rc loc_addr = { 0 }, rem_addr = { 0 }; char buf[1024] = { 0 }; char str[1024] = { 0 }; int s, client, bytes_read; sdp_session_t *session; socklen_t opt = sizeof(rem_addr); session = register_service(); s = socket(AF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_STREAM, BTPROTO_RFCOMM); loc_addr.rc_family = AF_BLUETOOTH; loc_addr.rc_bdaddr = *BDADDR_ANY; loc_addr.rc_channel = (uint8_t) 11; bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&loc_addr, sizeof(loc_addr)); listen(s, 1); client = accept(s, (struct sockaddr *)&rem_addr, &opt); ba2str( &rem_addr.rc_bdaddr, buf ); fprintf(stderr, "accepted connection from %s\n", buf); memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); bytes_read = read(client, buf, sizeof(buf)); if( bytes_read 0 ) { printf("received [%s]\n", buf); } sprintf(str,"to Android."); printf("sent [%s]\n",str); write(client, str, sizeof(str)); close(client); close(s); sdp_close( session ); return 0; } sdp_session_t *register_service() { uint32_t svc_uuid_int[] = { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000 }; uint8_t rfcomm_channel = 11; const char *service_name = "Remote Host"; const char *service_dsc = "What the remote should be connecting to."; const char *service_prov = "Your mother"; uuid_t root_uuid, l2cap_uuid, rfcomm_uuid, svc_uuid; sdp_list_t *l2cap_list = 0, *rfcomm_list = 0, *root_list = 0, *proto_list = 0, *access_proto_list = 0; sdp_data_t *channel = 0, *psm = 0; sdp_record_t *record = sdp_record_alloc(); // set the general service ID sdp_uuid128_create( &svc_uuid, &svc_uuid_int ); sdp_set_service_id( record, svc_uuid ); // make the service record publicly browsable sdp_uuid16_create(&root_uuid, PUBLIC_BROWSE_GROUP); root_list = sdp_list_append(0, &root_uuid); sdp_set_browse_groups( record, root_list ); // set l2cap information sdp_uuid16_create(&l2cap_uuid, L2CAP_UUID); l2cap_list = sdp_list_append( 0, &l2cap_uuid ); proto_list = sdp_list_append( 0, l2cap_list ); // set rfcomm information sdp_uuid16_create(&rfcomm_uuid, RFCOMM_UUID); channel = sdp_data_alloc(SDP_UINT8, &rfcomm_channel); rfcomm_list = sdp_list_append( 0, &rfcomm_uuid ); sdp_list_append( rfcomm_list, channel ); sdp_list_append( proto_list, rfcomm_list ); // attach protocol information to service record access_proto_list = sdp_list_append( 0, proto_list ); sdp_set_access_protos( record, access_proto_list ); // set the name, provider, and description sdp_set_info_attr(record, service_name, service_prov, service_dsc); int err = 0; sdp_session_t *session = 0; // connect to the local SDP server, register the service record, and // disconnect session = sdp_connect( BDADDR_ANY, BDADDR_LOCAL, SDP_RETRY_IF_BUSY ); err = sdp_record_register(session, record, 0); // cleanup //sdp_data_free( channel ); sdp_list_free( l2cap_list, 0 ); sdp_list_free( rfcomm_list, 0 ); sdp_list_free( root_list, 0 ); sdp_list_free( access_proto_list, 0 ); return session; } And another piece of code, in addition to 'sdptool browse local' which can verifty that the service record is running on the pc: int main(int argc, char **argv) { uuid_t svc_uuid; uint32_t svc_uuid_int[] = { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000 }; int err; bdaddr_t target; sdp_list_t *response_list = NULL, *search_list, *attrid_list; sdp_session_t *session = 0; str2ba( "01:23:45:67:89:AB", &target ); // connect to the SDP server running on the remote machine session = sdp_connect( BDADDR_ANY, BDADDR_LOCAL, SDP_RETRY_IF_BUSY ); // specify the UUID of the application we're searching for sdp_uuid128_create( &svc_uuid, &svc_uuid_int ); search_list = sdp_list_append( NULL, &svc_uuid ); // specify that we want a list of all the matching applications' attributes uint32_t range = 0x0000ffff; attrid_list = sdp_list_append( NULL, &range ); // get a list of service records that have UUID 0xabcd err = sdp_service_search_attr_req( session, search_list, \ SDP_ATTR_REQ_RANGE, attrid_list, &response_list); sdp_list_t *r = response_list; // go through each of the service records for (; r; r = r-next ) { sdp_record_t *rec = (sdp_record_t*) r-data; sdp_list_t *proto_list; // get a list of the protocol sequences if( sdp_get_access_protos( rec, &proto_list ) == 0 ) { sdp_list_t *p = proto_list; // go through each protocol sequence for( ; p ; p = p-next ) { sdp_list_t *pds = (sdp_list_t*)p-data; // go through each protocol list of the protocol sequence for( ; pds ; pds = pds-next ) { // check the protocol attributes sdp_data_t *d = (sdp_data_t*)pds-data; int proto = 0; for( ; d; d = d-next ) { switch( d-dtd ) { case SDP_UUID16: case SDP_UUID32: case SDP_UUID128: proto = sdp_uuid_to_proto( &d-val.uuid ); break; case SDP_UINT8: if( proto == RFCOMM_UUID ) { printf("rfcomm channel: %d\n",d-val.int8); } break; } } } sdp_list_free( (sdp_list_t*)p-data, 0 ); } sdp_list_free( proto_list, 0 ); } printf("found service record 0x%x\n", rec-handle); sdp_record_free( rec ); } sdp_close(session); } Output: $ ./search rfcomm channel: 11 found service record 0x10008 sdptool: Service Name: Remote Host Service Description: What the remote should be connecting to. Service Provider: Your mother Service RecHandle: 0x10008 Protocol Descriptor List: "L2CAP" (0x0100) "RFCOMM" (0x0003) Channel: 11 And for logcat I'm getting this: 07-22 15:57:06.087: ERROR/BTLD(215): ****************search UUID = 0000*********** 07-22 15:57:06.087: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): btapp_dm_GetRemoteServiceChannel() 07-22 15:57:06.087: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Wake, 0x8003 #### 07-22 15:57:06.097: INFO/ActivityManager(88): Displayed activity com.example.socktest/.socktest: 79 ms (total 79 ms) 07-22 15:57:06.697: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Sleep, 0x8004 #### 07-22 15:57:07.517: WARN/BTLD(215): ccb timer ticks: 2147483648 07-22 15:57:07.517: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Wake, 0x8003 #### 07-22 15:57:07.547: WARN/BTLD(215): info:x10 07-22 15:57:07.547: INFO/BTL-IFS(215): send_ctrl_msg: [BTL_IFS CTRL] send BTLIF_DTUN_SIGNAL_EVT (CTRL) 10 pbytes (hdl 14) 07-22 15:57:07.547: DEBUG/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): dtun_dm_sig_link_up() 07-22 15:57:07.547: INFO/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): dtun_dm_sig_link_up: dummy_handle = 342 07-22 15:57:07.547: DEBUG/ADAPTER(253): adapter_get_device(00:02:72:AB:7C:EE) 07-22 15:57:07.547: ERROR/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(88): pollData[0] is revented, check next one 07-22 15:57:07.547: ERROR/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(88): event_filter: Received signal org.bluez.Device:PropertyChanged from /org/bluez/253/hci0/dev_00_02_72_AB_7C_EE 07-22 15:57:07.777: WARN/BTLD(215): process_service_search_attr_rsp 07-22 15:57:07.787: INFO/BTL-IFS(215): send_ctrl_msg: [BTL_IFS CTRL] send BTLIF_DTUN_SIGNAL_EVT (CTRL) 13 pbytes (hdl 14) 07-22 15:57:07.787: INFO/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): dtun_dm_sig_rmt_service_channel: success=0, service=00000000 07-22 15:57:07.787: ERROR/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): discovery unsuccessful! 07-22 15:57:08.497: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Sleep, 0x8004 #### 07-22 15:57:09.507: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Wake, 0x8003 #### 07-22 15:57:09.597: INFO/BTL-IFS(215): send_ctrl_msg: [BTL_IFS CTRL] send BTLIF_DTUN_SIGNAL_EVT (CTRL) 11 pbytes (hdl 14) 07-22 15:57:09.597: DEBUG/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): dtun_dm_sig_link_down() 07-22 15:57:09.597: INFO/DTUN_HCID_BZ4(253): dtun_dm_sig_link_down device = 0xf7a0 handle = 342 reason = 22 07-22 15:57:09.597: ERROR/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(88): pollData[0] is revented, check next one 07-22 15:57:09.597: ERROR/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(88): event_filter: Received signal org.bluez.Device:PropertyChanged from /org/bluez/253/hci0/dev_00_02_72_AB_7C_EE 07-22 15:57:09.597: DEBUG/BluetoothA2dpService(88): Received intent Intent { act=android.bluetooth.device.action.ACL_DISCONNECTED (has extras) } 07-22 15:57:10.107: INFO//system/bin/btld(209): ##### USerial_Ioctl: BT_Sleep, 0x8004 #### 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BluetoothService(88): Cleaning up failed UUID channel lookup: 00:02:72:AB:7C:EE 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 07-22 15:57:12.107: ERROR/Socket Test(5234): connect() failed 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/ASOCKWRP(5234): asocket_abort [31,32,33] 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_shutdown: s 31, how 2 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_shutdown: fd (-1:31), bta -1, rc 0, wflags 0x0 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): __close_prot_rfcomm: fd 31 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): __close_prot_rfcomm: bind not completed on this socket 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): btlif_signal_event: fd (-1:31), bta -1, rc 0, wflags 0x0 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): btlif_signal_event: event BTLIF_BTS_EVT_ABORT matched 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BTL_IFC_WRP(5234): wrp_close_s_only: wrp_close_s_only [31] (31:-1) [] 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BTL_IFC_WRP(5234): wrp_close_s_only: data socket closed 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BTL_IFC_WRP(5234): wsactive_del: delete wsock 31 from active list [ad3e1494] 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BTL_IFC_WRP(5234): wrp_close_s_only: wsock fully closed, return to pool 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): btsk_free: success 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_write: wrote 1 bytes out of 1 on fd 33 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/ASOCKWRP(5234): asocket_destroy 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/ASOCKWRP(5234): asocket_abort [31,32,33] 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_shutdown: s 31, how 2 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_shutdown: btsk not found, normal close (31) 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_write: wrote 1 bytes out of 1 on fd 33 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: s 33 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: btsk not found, normal close (33) 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: s 32 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: btsk not found, normal close (32) 07-22 15:57:12.107: INFO/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: s 31 07-22 15:57:12.107: DEBUG/BLZ20_WRAPPER(5234): blz20_wrp_close: btsk not found, normal close (31) 07-22 15:57:12.157: DEBUG/Sensors(88): close_akm, fd=151 07-22 15:57:12.167: ERROR/CachedBluetoothDevice(477): onUuidChanged: Time since last connect14970690 07-22 15:57:12.237: DEBUG/Socket Test(5234): -On Stop- Sorry for bombarding you guys with what seems like a difficult question and a lot to read, but I've been working on this problem for a while and I've tried a lot of different things to get this working. Let me reiterate, I can get it to work, but not using service discovery protocol. I've tried a several different UUIDs and on two different computers, although I only have my HTC Incredible to test with. I've also heard some rumors that the BT stack wasn't working on the HTC Droid, but that isn't the case, at least, for PC interaction.

    Read the article

  • How to display data stored in core data in a table view?

    - by Dipanjan Dutta
    Hello All, I have developed a core data model for my application. I need to display the saved data into a table view. For my app I have selected split view controller. I am writing down my codes below. Please help me in this regard and write me the code that needs to be added. This is very important as my continuation in my company depends on this. #import "RootViewController.h" #import "DetailViewController.h" #import "AddViewController.h" #import "EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate.h" /* This template does not ensure user interface consistency during editing operations in the table view. You must implement appropriate methods to provide the user experience you require. */ @interface RootViewController () - (void)configureCell:(UITableViewCell *)cell atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath; @end @implementation RootViewController @synthesize detailViewController, fetchedResultsController, managedObjectContext, results, empName; #pragma mark - #pragma mark View lifecycle - (void)viewDidLoad { results = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc]init]; [results setObject:empName.text forKey:@"EmployeeName"]; [self.tableView reloadData]; [super viewDidLoad]; } /* - (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillAppear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewDidAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidAppear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewWillDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillDisappear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewDidDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidDisappear:animated]; } */ - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { // Ensure that the view controller supports rotation and that the split view can therefore show in both portrait and landscape. return YES; } - (void)configureCell:(UITableViewCell *)cell atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { NSManagedObject *managedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; cell.textLabel.text = [[managedObject valueForKey:@"EmployeeName"] description]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Add a new object - (void)insertNewObject:(id)sender { AddViewController *add = [[AddViewController alloc]initWithNibName:@"AddViewController" bundle:nil]; self.modalPresentationStyle = UIModalPresentationFormSheet; add.wantsFullScreenLayout = NO; [self presentModalViewController:add animated:YES]; [add release]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Table view data source - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { return 1; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { return 1; } - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { static NSString *CellIdentifier = @"Cell"; UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:CellIdentifier]; if (cell == nil) { cell = [[[UITableViewCell alloc] initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleDefault reuseIdentifier:CellIdentifier] autorelease]; } // Configure the cell. NSManagedObject *managedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; cell.textLabel.text = [[managedObject valueForKey:@"EmployeeName"] description]; return cell; } - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView commitEditingStyle:(UITableViewCellEditingStyle)editingStyle forRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { if (editingStyle == UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete) { // Delete the managed object. NSManagedObject *objectToDelete = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; if (self.detailViewController.detailItem == objectToDelete) { self.detailViewController.detailItem = nil; } NSManagedObjectContext *context = [self.fetchedResultsController managedObjectContext]; [context deleteObject:objectToDelete]; NSError *error; if (![context save:&error]) { /* Replace this implementation with code to handle the error appropriately. abort() causes the application to generate a crash log and terminate. You should not use this function in a shipping application, although it may be useful during development. If it is not possible to recover from the error, display an alert panel that instructs the user to quit the application by pressing the Home button. */ NSLog(@"Unresolved error %@, %@", error, [error userInfo]); abort(); } } } - (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canMoveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // The table view should not be re-orderable. return NO; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Table view delegate - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)aTableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // Set the detail item in the detail view controller. NSManagedObject *selectedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; self.detailViewController.detailItem = selectedObject; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Fetched results controller - (NSFetchedResultsController *)fetchedResultsController { if (fetchedResultsController != nil) { return fetchedResultsController; } /* Set up the fetched results controller. */ // Create the fetch request for the entity. NSFetchRequest *fetchRequest = [[NSFetchRequest alloc] init]; // Edit the entity name as appropriate. NSEntityDescription *entity = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:managedObjectContext]; [fetchRequest setEntity:entity]; // Set the batch size to a suitable number. [fetchRequest setFetchBatchSize:20]; // Edit the sort key as appropriate. NSSortDescriptor *sortDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"EmployeeName" ascending:NO]; NSArray *sortDescriptors = [[NSArray alloc] initWithObjects:sortDescriptor, nil]; [fetchRequest setSortDescriptors:sortDescriptors]; // Edit the section name key path and cache name if appropriate. // nil for section name key path means "no sections". NSFetchedResultsController *aFetchedResultsController = [[NSFetchedResultsController alloc] initWithFetchRequest:fetchRequest managedObjectContext:managedObjectContext sectionNameKeyPath:nil cacheName:@"Root"]; aFetchedResultsController.delegate = self; self.fetchedResultsController = aFetchedResultsController; [aFetchedResultsController release]; [fetchRequest release]; [sortDescriptor release]; [sortDescriptors release]; return fetchedResultsController; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Fetched results controller delegate - (void)controllerWillChangeContent:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller { [self.tableView beginUpdates]; } - (void)controller:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller didChangeSection:(id <NSFetchedResultsSectionInfo>)sectionInfo atIndex:(NSUInteger)sectionIndex forChangeType:(NSFetchedResultsChangeType)type { switch(type) { case NSFetchedResultsChangeInsert: [self.tableView insertSections:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:sectionIndex] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeDelete: [self.tableView deleteSections:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:sectionIndex] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; } } - (void)controller:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller didChangeObject:(id)anObject atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath forChangeType:(NSFetchedResultsChangeType)type newIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)newIndexPath { UITableView *tableView = self.tableView; switch(type) { case NSFetchedResultsChangeInsert: [tableView insertRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:newIndexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeDelete: [tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:indexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeUpdate: [self configureCell:[tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:indexPath] atIndexPath:indexPath]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeMove: [tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:indexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; [tableView insertRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:newIndexPath]withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; } } - (void)controllerDidChangeContent:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller { [self.tableView endUpdates]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Memory management - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { // Releases the view if it doesn't have a superview. [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Relinquish ownership any cached data, images, etc. that aren't in use. } - (void)viewDidUnload { // Relinquish ownership of anything that can be recreated in viewDidLoad or on demand. // For example: self.myOutlet = nil; } - (void)dealloc { [detailViewController release]; [fetchedResultsController release]; [managedObjectContext release]; [super dealloc]; } @end // // AddViewController.m // EmployeeDetails // // Created by Dipanjan on 15/02/11. // Copyright 2011 __MyCompanyName__. All rights reserved. // #import "AddViewController.h" #import "EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate.h" #import "RootViewController.h" @implementation AddViewController @synthesize empName; @synthesize empID; @synthesize empDepartment; @synthesize backButton; // The designated initializer. Override if you create the controller programmatically and want to perform customization that is not appropriate for viewDidLoad. /* - (id)initWithNibName:(NSString *)nibNameOrNil bundle:(NSBundle *)nibBundleOrNil { self = [super initWithNibName:nibNameOrNil bundle:nibBundleOrNil]; if (self) { // Custom initialization. } return self; } */ /* // Implement viewDidLoad to do additional setup after loading the view, typically from a nib. - (void)viewDidLoad { [super viewDidLoad]; } */ -(void)saveDetails{ EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate *appDelegate = [[UIApplication sharedApplication]delegate]; NSManagedObjectContext *context = [appDelegate managedObjectContext]; NSManagedObject *newDetails; newDetails = [NSEntityDescription insertNewObjectForEntityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:context]; [newDetails setValue:empID.text forKey:@"EmployeeID"]; [newDetails setValue:empName.text forKey:@"EmployeeName"]; [newDetails setValue:empDepartment.text forKey:@"EmployeeDepartment"]; empID.text = @""; empName.text = @""; empDepartment.text = @""; NSLog(@"%@........----->>>...", newDetails); NSError *error; [context save:&error]; [self dismissModalViewControllerAnimated:YES]; } -(void)findDetails { EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate *appDelegate = [[UIApplication sharedApplication]delegate]; NSManagedObjectContext *context = [appDelegate managedObjectContext]; NSEntityDescription *entityDesc = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:context]; NSFetchRequest *request = [[NSFetchRequest alloc]init]; [request setEntity:entityDesc]; NSPredicate *pred = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"(EmployeeName = %@)", empName.text]; [request setPredicate:pred]; NSManagedObject *matches = nil; NSError *error; NSArray *objects = [context executeFetchRequest:request error:&error]; if ([objects count] == 0) { } else { matches = [objects objectAtIndex:0]; empID.text = [matches valueForKey:@"EmployeeID"]; empDepartment.text = [matches valueForKey:@"EmployeeDepartment"]; } [request release]; [self dismissModalViewControllerAnimated:YES]; } - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { // Overriden to allow any orientation. return YES; } - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { // Releases the view if it doesn't have a superview. [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Release any cached data, images, etc. that aren't in use. } - (void)viewDidUnload { self.empName = nil; self.empID = nil; self.empDepartment = nil; [super viewDidUnload]; // Release any retained subviews of the main view. // e.g. self.myOutlet = nil; } - (void)dealloc { [empID release]; [empName release]; [empDepartment release]; [super dealloc]; } @end Please let me know the answer as soon as possible. Thank you. Regards, Dipanjan

    Read the article

  • No unique bean of type [javax.persistence.EntityManagerFactory] is defined: expected single bean but found 0

    - by user659580
    Can someone tell me what's wrong with my config? I'm overly frustrated and I've been loosing my hair on this. Any pointer will be welcome. Thanks Persistence.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <persistence version="2.0" xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/persistence_2_0.xsd"> <persistence-unit name="myPersistenceUnit" transaction-type="JTA"> <provider>org.eclipse.persistence.jpa.PersistenceProvider</provider> <jta-data-source>jdbc/oracle</jta-data-source> <class>com.myproject.domain.UserAccount</class> <properties> <property name="eclipselink.logging.level" value="FINE"/> <property name="eclipselink.jdbc.batch-writing" value="JDBC" /> <property name="eclipselink.target-database" value="Oracle10g"/> <property name="eclipselink.cache.type.default" value="NONE"/> <!--Integrate EclipseLink with JTA in Glassfish--> <property name="eclipselink.target-server" value="SunAS9"/> <property name="eclipselink.cache.size.default" value="0"/> <property name="eclipselink.cache.shared.default" value="false"/> </properties> </persistence-unit> </persistence> Web.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee" xmlns:web="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee/web-app_2_5.xsd" xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee/web-app_3_0.xsd" id="WebApp_ID" version="3.0"> <display-name>MyProject</display-name> <persistence-unit-ref> <persistence-unit-ref-name>persistence/myPersistenceUnit</persistence-unit-ref-name> <persistence-unit-name>myPersistenceUnit</persistence-unit-name> </persistence-unit-ref> <servlet> <servlet-name>mvc-dispatcher</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>mvc-dispatcher</servlet-name> <url-pattern>*.htm</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> <context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>/WEB-INF/mvc-dispatcher-servlet.xml</param-value> </context-param> <context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>classpath:applicationContext.xml</param-value> </context-param> <listener> <listener-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener</listener-class> </listener> </web-app> applicationContext.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:jee="http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee/spring-jee.xsd" default-autowire="byName"> <tx:annotation-driven/> <tx:jta-transaction-manager/> <jee:jndi-lookup id="entityManagerFactory" jndi-name="persistence/myPersistenceUnit"/> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor"/> <bean class="org.springframework.dao.annotation.PersistenceExceptionTranslationPostProcessor"/> <!-- enables interpretation of the @PersistenceUnit/@PersistenceContext annotations providing convenient access to EntityManagerFactory/EntityManager --> <bean class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.support.PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor"/> </beans> mvc-dispatcher-servlet.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx.xsd"> <!-- DispatcherServlet Context: defines this servlet's request-processing infrastructure --> <tx:annotation-driven /> <tx:jta-transaction-manager /> <context:component-scan base-package="com.myProject" /> <context:annotation-config /> <!-- Enables the Spring MVC @Controller programming model --> <mvc:annotation-driven /> <mvc:default-servlet-handler /> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.annotation.DefaultAnnotationHandlerMapping" /> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.annotation.AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter" /> <!-- Location Tiles config --> <bean id="tilesConfigurer" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.TilesConfigurer"> <property name="definitions"> <list> <value>/WEB-INF/tiles-defs.xml</value> </list> </property> </bean> <!-- Resolves views selected for rendering by Tiles --> <bean id="tilesViewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.UrlBasedViewResolver" p:viewClass="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.TilesView" /> <!-- Resolves views selected for rendering by @Controllers to .jsp resources in the /WEB-INF/views directory --> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="prefix"> <value>/WEB-INF/pages/</value> </property> <property name="suffix"> <value>.jsp</value> </property> </bean> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ReloadableResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basename" value="/WEB-INF/messages" /> <property name="cacheSeconds" value="0"/> </bean> <bean id="validator" class="org.springframework.validation.beanvalidation.LocalValidatorFactoryBean" /> </beans> UserAccountDAO.java @Repository public class UserAccountDAO implements IUserAccountDAO { private EntityManager entityManager; @PersistenceContext public void setEntityManager(EntityManager entityManager) { this.entityManager = entityManager; } @Override @Transactional(readOnly = true, propagation = Propagation.REQUIRED) public UserAccount checkLogin(String userName, String pwd) { //* Find the user in the DB Query queryUserAccount = entityManager.createQuery("select u from UserAccount u where (u.username = :userName) and (u.password = :pwd)"); ....... } } loginController.java @Controller @SessionAttributes({"userAccount"}) public class LoginLogOutController { private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(UserAccount.class); @Resource private UserAccountDAO userDAO; @RequestMapping(value="/loginForm.htm", method = RequestMethod.GET) public String showloginForm(Map model) { logger.debug("Get login form"); UserAccount userAccount = new UserAccount(); model.put("userAccount", userAccount); return "loginform"; } ... Error Stack INFO: 13:52:21,657 ERROR ContextLoader:220 - Context initialization failed org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'loginController': Injection of resource dependencies failed; nested exception is org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'userAccountDAO': Injection of persistence dependencies failed; nested exception is org.springframework.beans.factory.NoSuchBeanDefinitionException: No unique bean of type [javax.persistence.EntityManagerFactory] is defined: expected single bean but found 0 at org.springframework.context.annotation.CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor.postProcessPropertyValues(CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor.java:300) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.populateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:1074) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:517) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.createBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:456) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory$1.getObject(AbstractBeanFactory.java:291) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.getSingleton(DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.java:222) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.doGetBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:288) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.getBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:190) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.DefaultListableBeanFactory.preInstantiateSingletons(DefaultListableBeanFactory.java:580) at org.springframework.context.support.AbstractApplicationContext.finishBeanFactoryInitialization(AbstractApplicationContext.java:895) at org.springframework.context.support.AbstractApplicationContext.refresh(AbstractApplicationContext.java:425) at org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoader.createWebApplicationContext(ContextLoader.java:276) at org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoader.initWebApplicationContext(ContextLoader.java:197) at org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener.contextInitialized(ContextLoaderListener.java:47) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardContext.contextListenerStart(StandardContext.java:4664) at com.sun.enterprise.web.WebModule.contextListenerStart(WebModule.java:535) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardContext.start(StandardContext.java:5266) at com.sun.enterprise.web.WebModule.start(WebModule.java:499) at org.apache.catalina.core.ContainerBase.addChildInternal(ContainerBase.java:928) at org.apache.catalina.core.ContainerBase.addChild(ContainerBase.java:912) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardHost.addChild(StandardHost.java:694) at com.sun.enterprise.web.WebContainer.loadWebModule(WebContainer.java:1947) at com.sun.enterprise.web.WebContainer.loadWebModule(WebContainer.java:1619) at com.sun.enterprise.web.WebApplication.start(WebApplication.java:90) at org.glassfish.internal.data.EngineRef.start(EngineRef.java:126) at org.glassfish.internal.data.ModuleInfo.start(ModuleInfo.java:241) at org.glassfish.internal.data.ApplicationInfo.start(ApplicationInfo.java:236) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.server.ApplicationLifecycle.deploy(ApplicationLifecycle.java:339) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.server.ApplicationLifecycle.deploy(ApplicationLifecycle.java:183) at org.glassfish.deployment.admin.DeployCommand.execute(DeployCommand.java:272) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl$1.execute(CommandRunnerImpl.java:305) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl.doCommand(CommandRunnerImpl.java:320) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl.doCommand(CommandRunnerImpl.java:1176) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl.access$900(CommandRunnerImpl.java:83) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl$ExecutionContext.execute(CommandRunnerImpl.java:1235) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.CommandRunnerImpl$ExecutionContext.execute(CommandRunnerImpl.java:1224) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.AdminAdapter.doCommand(AdminAdapter.java:365) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.admin.AdminAdapter.service(AdminAdapter.java:204) at com.sun.grizzly.tcp.http11.GrizzlyAdapter.service(GrizzlyAdapter.java:166) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.server.HK2Dispatcher.dispath(HK2Dispatcher.java:100) at com.sun.enterprise.v3.services.impl.ContainerMapper.service(ContainerMapper.java:245) at com.sun.grizzly.http.ProcessorTask.invokeAdapter(ProcessorTask.java:791) at com.sun.grizzly.http.ProcessorTask.doProcess(ProcessorTask.java:693) at com.sun.grizzly.http.ProcessorTask.process(ProcessorTask.java:954) at com.sun.grizzly.http.DefaultProtocolFilter.execute(DefaultProtocolFilter.java:170) at com.sun.grizzly.DefaultProtocolChain.executeProtocolFilter(DefaultProtocolChain.java:135) at com.sun.grizzly.DefaultProtocolChain.execute(DefaultProtocolChain.java:102) at com.sun.grizzly.DefaultProtocolChain.execute(DefaultProtocolChain.java:88) at com.sun.grizzly.http.HttpProtocolChain.execute(HttpProtocolChain.java:76) at com.sun.grizzly.ProtocolChainContextTask.doCall(ProtocolChainContextTask.java:53) at com.sun.grizzly.SelectionKeyContextTask.call(SelectionKeyContextTask.java:57) at com.sun.grizzly.ContextTask.run(ContextTask.java:69) at com.sun.grizzly.util.AbstractThreadPool$Worker.doWork(AbstractThreadPool.java:330) at com.sun.grizzly.util.AbstractThreadPool$Worker.run(AbstractThreadPool.java:309) at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:732)

    Read the article

  • Any way to turn off quips in OOWeb?

    - by Misha Koshelev
    http://ooweb.sourceforge.net/tutorial.html Not really a question, but I can't seem to stop writing stuff like this. Maybe someone will find it useful. I know rewriting an HTTP server is not the way to turn off the quips ;) /* Copyright 2010 Misha Koshelev. All Rights Reserved. */ package com.mksoft.common; import java.io.BufferedReader; import java.io.InputStreamReader; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.PrintWriter; import java.io.UnsupportedEncodingException; import java.net.URLDecoder; import java.text.SimpleDateFormat; import java.util.Date; import java.util.LinkedHashMap; import java.net.ServerSocket; import java.net.Socket; /** * Simple HTTP Server. * * @author Misha Koshelev */ public class HttpServer extends Thread { /* * Constants */ /** * 404 Not Found Result */ protected final static String result404NotFound="<html><head><title>404 Not Found</title></head><body bgcolor='#ffffff'><h1>404 Not Found</h1></body></html>"; /* * Variables */ /** * Port on which HTTP server handles requests. */ protected int port; public int getPort() { return port; } public void setPort(int _port) { port=_port; } /* * Constructors */ public HttpServer(int _port) { setPort(_port); } /* * Helpers */ /** * Errors */ protected void error(String message) { System.err.println(message); System.err.flush(); } /** * Debugging */ protected boolean debugOutput=true; protected void debug(String message) { if (debugOutput) { error(message); } } /** * Lock object */ private Object lock=new Object(); /** * Should we quit? */ protected boolean doQuit=false; /** * Are we done? */ protected boolean areWeDone=false; /** * Process POST request headers */ protected String processPostRequest(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers,String inputLine) { debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: url=\""+url); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: inputLine=\""+inputLine+"\""); try { inputLine=new URLDecoder().decode(inputLine,"UTF-8"); } catch (UnsupportedEncodingException uee) { uee.printStackTrace(); } String[] keyValues=inputLine.split("&"); LinkedHashMap<String,String> post=new LinkedHashMap<String,String>(); for (int i=0;i<keyValues.length;i++) { String keyValue=keyValues[i]; int equals=keyValue.indexOf('='); String key=keyValue.substring(0,equals); String value=keyValue.substring(equals+1); post.put(key,value); } return post(url,headers,post); } /** * Server loop (here for exception handling purposes) */ protected void serverLoop() throws IOException { /* Start server socket */ ServerSocket serverSocket=null; try { serverSocket=new ServerSocket(getPort()); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } Socket clientSocket=null; while (true) { /* Quit if necessary */ if (doQuit) { break; } /* Accept incoming connections */ try { clientSocket=serverSocket.accept(); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } /* Read request */ BufferedReader in=null; String inputLine=null; String firstLine=null; String blankLine=null; LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers=new LinkedHashMap<String,String>(); try { in=new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(clientSocket.getInputStream())); while (true) { if (blankLine==null) { inputLine=in.readLine(); } else { /* POST request, read Content-length bytes */ int contentLength=new Integer(headers.get("Content-Length")).intValue(); StringBuilder sb=new StringBuilder(contentLength); for (int i=0;i<contentLength;i++) { sb.append((char)in.read()); } inputLine=sb.toString(); break; } if (firstLine==null) { firstLine=inputLine; } else if (blankLine==null) { if (inputLine.equals("")) { if (firstLine.startsWith("GET ")) { break; } blankLine=inputLine; } else { int colon=inputLine.indexOf(": "); String key=inputLine.substring(0,colon); String value=inputLine.substring(colon+2); headers.put(key,value); } } } } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); } /* Process request */ String result=null; firstLine=firstLine.replaceAll(" HTTP/.*",""); if (firstLine.startsWith("GET ")) { result=get(firstLine.replaceFirst("GET ",""),headers); } else if (firstLine.startsWith("POST ")) { result=processPostRequest(firstLine.replaceFirst("POST ",""),headers,inputLine); } else { error("HttpServer.ServerLoop: Unhandled request \""+firstLine+"\""); } debug("HttpServer.ServerLoop: result=\""+result+"\""); /* Send response */ PrintWriter out=null; try { out=new PrintWriter(clientSocket.getOutputStream(),true); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); } if (result!=null) { out.println("HTTP/1.1 200 OK"); } else { out.println("HTTP/1.0 404 Not Found"); result=result404NotFound; } Date now=new Date(); out.println("Date: "+new SimpleDateFormat("EEE, d MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss z").format(now)); out.println("Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8"); out.println("Content-Length: "+result.length()); out.println(""); out.print(result); /* Clean up */ out.close(); if (in!=null) { in.close(); } clientSocket.close(); } serverSocket.close(); areWeDone=true; synchronized(lock) { lock.notifyAll(); } } /* * Methods */ /** * Run server on port specified in constructor. */ public void run() { try { serverLoop(); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } } /** * Process GET request (should be overwritten). */ public String get(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers) { debug("HttpServer.get: url=\""+url+"\""); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.get: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } if (url.equals("/")) { return "<html><head><title>HttpServer GET Test Page</title></head>\r\n"+ "<body bgcolor='#ffffff'>\r\n"+ "<center><h1>HttpServer GET Test Page</h1></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><table>\r\n"+ "<form method='post' action='/'>\r\n"+ "<tr><td align=right>Test 1:</td>\r\n"+ " <td><input type='text' name='text 1' value='test me !!! !@#$'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "<tr><td align=right>Test 2:</td>\r\n"+ " <td><input type='text' name='text 2' value='type smthng'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>\r\n"+ " <td align=right><input type='submit' value='Submit'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "</form>\r\n"+ "</table></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><a href='/quit'>Shutdown Server</a></center>\r\n"+ "</html>"; } else if (url.equals("/quit")) { quit(); return ""; } else { return null; } } /** * Process POST request (should be overwritten). */ public String post(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers,LinkedHashMap<String,String> post) { debug("HttpServer.post: url=\""+url+"\""); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.post: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } if (url.equals("/")) { String result="<html><head><title>HttpServer Post Test Page</title></head>\r\n"+ "<body bgcolor='#ffffff'>\r\n"+ "<center><h1>HttpServer Post Test Page</h1></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><table>\r\n"+ "<tr><th>Key</th><th>Value</th></tr>\r\n"; for (String key: post.keySet()) { result+="<tr><td align=right>"+key+"</td><td align=left>"+post.get(key)+"</td></tr>\r\n"; } result+="</table></center>\r\n"+ "</html>"; return result; } else { return null; } } /** * Wait for server to quit. */ public void waitForCompletion() { while (areWeDone==false) { synchronized(lock) { try { lock.wait(); } catch (InterruptedException ie) { } } } } /** * Shutdown server. */ public void quit() { doQuit=true; } }

    Read the article

  • Storing unique values into an array and comparing against a loop - PHP

    - by Aphex22
    I'm writing a PHP report which is designed to be exported purely as a CSV file, using commma delimiters. There are three columns relating to product_id, these three columns are as follows: SKU Parent / Child Parent SKU 12345 parent 12345 12345_1 child 12345 12345_2 child 12345 12345_3 child 12345 12345_4 child 12345 18099 parent 18099 18099_1 child 18099 Here's a link to the full CSV file: http://i.imgur.com/XELufRd.png At the moment the code looks like this: $sql = "select * from product WHERE on_amazon = 'on' AND active = 'on'"; $result = mysql_query($sql) or die ( mysql_error() );?> <? // set headers echo " Type, SKU, Parent / Child, Parent SKU, Product name, Manufacturer name, Gender, Product_description, Product price, Discount price, Quantity, Category, Photo 1, Photo 2, Photo 3, Photo 4, Photo 5, Photo 6, Photo 7, Photo 8, Color id, Color name, Size name <br> "; // load all stock while ($line = mysql_fetch_assoc($result) ) { ?> <?php // Loop through each possible size variation to see whether any of the quantity column has stock > 0 $con_size = array (35,355,36,37,375,38,385,39,395,40,405,41,415,42,425,43,435,44,445,45,455,46,465,47,475,48,485); $arrlength=count($con_size); for($x=0;$x<$arrlength;$x++) { // check if size is available if($line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain'] > 0 ) { ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <?=$line['product_id']?>, , , <?=$line['title']?>, <? $brand = $line['jys_brand']; echo ucfirst($brand); ?>, <? $gender = $line['category']; if ($gender == 'Mens') { echo 'H'; } else{ echo 'F'; } ?>, <?=preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['amazon_desc']) ?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain']?>, <? $category = $line['style1']; switch ($category) { case "ankle-boots": echo "10013"; break; case "knee-high-boots": echo "10011"; break; case "high-heel-boots": echo "10033"; break; case "low-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "wedge-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "western-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "flat-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "high-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "low-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "wedge-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "ballerina-shoes": echo "10008"; break; case "boat-shoes": echo "10018"; break; case "loafer-shoes": echo "10037"; break; case "work-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "flat-sandals": echo "10041"; break; case "low-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "high-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "wedge-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mule-sandals": echo "10038"; break; case "mary-jane-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sports-shoes": echo "10026"; break; case "court-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "peep-toe-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "flat-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "mid-calf-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "trainer-shoes": echo "10009"; break; case "wellington-boots": echo "10012"; break; case "lace-up-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "chelsea-and-jodphur-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "desert-and-chukka-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "lace-up-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "slip-on-shoes": echo "10043"; break; case "gibson-and-derby-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "oxford-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "brogue-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "winter-boots": echo "10021"; break; case "slipper-shoes": echo "10016"; break; case "mid-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sandals-and-beach-shoes": echo "10044"; break; case "mid-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mid-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; default: echo ""; } ?>, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_1.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_2.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_3.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_4.jpg, , , , , <? $colour = preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['colour']); if( preg_match( '/white.*/i', $colour)) { echo '1'; } elseif( preg_match( '/yellow.*/i', $colour)) { echo '4'; } elseif( preg_match( '/orange.*/i', $colour)) { echo '7'; } elseif( preg_match( '/red.*/i', $colour)) { echo '8'; } elseif( preg_match( '/pink.*/i', $colour)) { echo '13'; } elseif( preg_match( '/purple.*/i', $colour)) { echo '15'; } elseif( preg_match( '/blue.*/i', $colour)) { echo '19'; } elseif( preg_match( '/green.*/i', $colour)) { echo '25'; } elseif( preg_match( '/brown.*/i', $colour)) { echo '28'; } elseif( preg_match( '/grey.*/i', $colour)) { echo '35'; } elseif( preg_match( '/black.*/i', $colour)) { echo '38'; } elseif( preg_match( '/gold.*/i', $colour)) { echo '41'; } elseif( preg_match( '/silver.*/i', $colour)) { echo '46'; } elseif( preg_match( '/multi.*/i', $colour)) { echo '594'; } elseif( preg_match( '/beige.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } elseif( preg_match( '/nude.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } else { echo '534'; } ?>, <?=$line['colour']?>, <?=$con_size[$x]?> <br> <? // finish checking if size is available } } ?> So at the moment this is simply echoing out the product_ID into the SKU column. The code would need to enter the product_id into an array and check whether it is unique. If the product_id is unique to the array, then the product_id is echoed out unaltered, and parent is echoed out to the 'Parent/Child' column and then the product_id is repeated to the 'Parent SKU' column. However, if the array is checked and the product_id already exists in the array, then the product_id is echoed out to the 'SKU' column with a suffix i.e. _1. Then child is echoed to the 'Parent / Child' column and the original parent product_id echoed to the 'Parent SKU' column. HOWEVER - the same SKU cannot be repeated with the same suffix i.e. 12345_1, 12345_1 - so presumably there would be to be another array for the suffixed SKUs to be checked against. If anybody could help, it would be great. Thanks --- UPDATE ANSWER --- I managed to solved this myself and thought I would share my solution for future reference. /* * Array to collect product_ids and check whether unique. * If unique product_id becomes parent SKU * If not product_id becomes child of previous parent and suffixed with _1, _2 etc... */ if (!in_array($line['product_id'], $SKU)) { $SKU[] = $line['product_id']; $parent = $line['product_id']; $a = 0; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? echo "Parent"; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? } else { $child = $line['product_id'] . "_" . $a; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $child; ?>, <? echo "Child"; ?>, <? echo $child; <? // increment suffix value for child SKU $a++; ?>

    Read the article

  • Java Compiler Creation Help..Please

    - by Brian
    I need some help with my code here...What we are trying to do is make a compiler that will read a file containing Machine Code and converting it to 100 lines of 4 bits example: this code is the machine code being converting to opcode and operands. I need some help please.. thanks 799 798 198 499 1008 1108 899 909 898 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Everything compiles but when I go and run my Test.java I get the following OutPut: Exception in thread "main" java.util.NoSuchElementException: No line found at java.util.Scanner.nextLine(Scanner.java:1516) at Compiler.FirstPass(Compiler.java:22) at Compiler.compile(Compiler.java:11) at Test.main(Test.java:5) Here is my class Compiler: import java.io.*; import java.io.DataOutputStream; import java.util.NoSuchElementException; import java.util.Scanner; class Compiler{ private int lc = 0; private int dc = 99; public void compile(String filename) { SymbolList symbolTable = FirstPass(filename); SecondPass(symbolTable, filename); } public SymbolList FirstPass(String filename) { File file = new File(filename); SymbolList temp = new SymbolList(); int dc = 99; int lc = 0; try{ Scanner scan = new Scanner(file); String line = scan.nextLine(); String[] linearray = line.split(" "); while(line!=null){ if(!linearray[0].equals("REM")){ if(!this.isInstruction(linearray[0])){ linearray[0]=removeColon(linearray[0]); if(this.isInstruction(linearray[1])){ temp.add(new Symbol(linearray[0], lc, null)); lc++; } else { temp.add(new Symbol(linearray[0], dc, Integer.valueOf((linearr\ ay[2])))); dc--; } } else { if(!linearray[0].equals("REM")) lc++; } } try{ line = scan.nextLine(); } catch(NoSuchElementException e){ line=null; break; } linearray = line.split(" "); } } catch (FileNotFoundException e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); } return temp; } public String makeFilename(String filename) { return filename + ".ex"; } public String removeColon(String str) { if(str.charAt(str.length()-1) == ':'){ return str.substring(0, str.length()-1); } else { return str; } } public void SecondPass(SymbolList symbolTable, String filename){ try { int dc = 99; //Open file for reading File file = new File(filename); Scanner scan = new Scanner(file); //Make filename of new executable file String newfile = makeFilename(filename); //Open Output Stream for writing new file. FileOutputStream os = new FileOutputStream(filename); DataOutputStream dos = new DataOutputStream(os); //Read First line. Split line by Spaces into linearray. String line = scan.nextLine(); String[] linearray = line.split(" "); while(scan.hasNextLine()){ if(!linearray[0].equals("REM")){ int inst=0, opcode, loc; if(isInstruction(linearray[0])){ opcode = getOpcode(linearray[0]); loc = symbolTable.searchName(linearray[1]).getMemloc(); inst = (opcode*100)+loc; } else if(!isInstruction(linearray[0])){ if(isInstruction(linearray[1])){ opcode = getOpcode(linearray[1]); if(linearray[1].equals("STOP")) inst=0000; else { loc = symbolTable.searchName(linearray[2]).getMemloc(); inst = (opcode*100)+loc; } } if(linearray[1].equals("DC")) dc--; } System.out.println(inst); dos.writeInt(inst); linearray = line.split(" "); } if(scan.hasNextLine()) { line = scan.nextLine(); } } scan.close(); for(int i = lc; i <= dc; i++) { dos.writeInt(0); } for(int i = dc+1; i<100; i++){ dos.writeInt(symbolTable.searchLocation(i).getValue()); if(i!=99) dos.writeInt(0); } dos.close(); os.close(); } catch (Exception e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); } } public int getOpcode(String inst){ int toreturn = -1; if(isInstruction(inst)){ if(inst.equals("STOP")) toreturn=0; if(inst.equals("LD")) toreturn=1; if(inst.equals("STO")) toreturn=2; if(inst.equals("ADD")) toreturn=3; if(inst.equals("SUB")) toreturn=4; if(inst.equals("MPY")) toreturn=5; if(inst.equals("DIV")) toreturn=6; if(inst.equals("IN")) toreturn=7; if(inst.equals("OUT")) toreturn=8; if(inst.equals("B")) toreturn=9; if(inst.equals("BGTR")) toreturn=10; if(inst.equals("BZ")) toreturn=11; return toreturn; } else { return -1; } } public boolean isInstruction(String totest){ boolean toreturn = false; String[] labels = {"IN", "LD", "SUB", "BGTR", "BZ", "OUT", "B", "STO", "STOP", "AD\ D", "MTY", "DIV"}; for(int i = 0; i < 12; i++){ if(totest.equals(labels[i])) toreturn = true; } return toreturn; } } And here is my class Computer: import java.io.*; import java.util.NoSuchElementException; import java.util.Scanner; class Computer{ private Cpu cpu; private Input in; private OutPut out; private Memory mem; public Computer() throws IOException { Memory mem = new Memory(100); Input in = new Input(); OutPut out = new OutPut(); Cpu cpu = new Cpu(); System.out.println(in.getInt()); } public void run() throws IOException { cpu.reset(); cpu.setMDR(mem.read(cpu.getMAR())); cpu.fetch2(); while (!cpu.stop()) { cpu.decode(); if (cpu.OutFlag()) OutPut.display(mem.read(cpu.getMAR())); if (cpu.InFlag()) mem.write(cpu.getMDR(),in.getInt()); if (cpu.StoreFlag()) { mem.write(cpu.getMAR(),in.getInt()); cpu.getMDR(); } else { cpu.setMDR(mem.read(cpu.getMAR())); cpu.execute(); cpu.fetch(); cpu.setMDR(mem.read(cpu.getMAR())); cpu.fetch2(); } } } public void load() { mem.loadMemory(); } } Here is my Memory class: import java.io.*; import java.util.NoSuchElementException; import java.util.Scanner; class Memory{ private MemEl[] memArray; private int size; private int[] mem; public Memory(int s) {size = s; memArray = new MemEl[s]; for(int i = 0; i < s; i++) memArray[i] = new MemEl(); } public void write (int loc,int val) {if (loc >=0 && loc < size) memArray[loc].write(val); else System.out.println("Index Not in Domain"); } public int read (int loc) {return memArray[loc].read(); } public void dump() { for(int i = 0; i < size; i++) if(i%1 == 0) System.out.println(memArray[i].read()); else System.out.print(memArray[i].read()); } public void writeTo(int location, int value) { mem[location] = value; } public int readFrom(int location) { return mem[location]; } public int size() { return mem.length; } public void loadMemory() { this.write(0, 799); this.write(1, 798); this.write(2, 198); this.write(3, 499); this.write(4, 1008); this.write(5, 1108); this.write(6, 899); this.write(7, 909); this.write(8, 898); this.write(9, 0000); } public void loadFromFile(String filename){ try { FileReader fr = new FileReader(filename); BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(fr); String read=null; int towrite=0; int l=0; do{ try{ read=br.readLine(); towrite = Integer.parseInt(read); }catch(Exception e){ } this.write(l, towrite); l++; }while(l<100); }catch (Exception e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); } } } Here is my Test class: public class Test{ public static void main(String[] args) throws java.io.IOException { Compiler compiler = new Compiler(); compiler.compile("program.txt"); } }

    Read the article

  • Cnoverting application to MVC architecture

    - by terence6
    I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

    Read the article

  • Converting application to MVC architecture

    - by terence6
    I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to jQuery Templates

    - by Stephen Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to provide you with enough information to start working with jQuery Templates. jQuery Templates enable you to display and manipulate data in the browser. For example, you can use jQuery Templates to format and display a set of database records that you have retrieved with an Ajax call. jQuery Templates supports a number of powerful features such as template tags, template composition, and wrapped templates. I’ll concentrate on the features that I think that you will find most useful. In order to focus on the jQuery Templates feature itself, this blog entry is server technology agnostic. All the samples use HTML pages instead of ASP.NET pages. In a future blog entry, I’ll focus on using jQuery Templates with ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC (You can do some pretty powerful things when jQuery Templates are used on the client and ASP.NET is used on the server). Introduction to jQuery Templates The jQuery Templates plugin was developed by the Microsoft ASP.NET team in collaboration with the open-source jQuery team. While working at Microsoft, I wrote the original proposal for jQuery Templates, Dave Reed wrote the original code, and Boris Moore wrote the final code. The jQuery team – especially John Resig – was very involved in each step of the process. Both the jQuery community and ASP.NET communities were very active in providing feedback. jQuery Templates will be included in the jQuery core library (the jQuery.js library) when jQuery 1.5 is released. Until jQuery 1.5 is released, you can download the jQuery Templates plugin from the jQuery Source Code Repository or you can use jQuery Templates directly from the ASP.NET CDN. The documentation for jQuery Templates is already included with the official jQuery documentation at http://api.jQuery.com. The main entry for jQuery templates is located under the topic plugins/templates. A Basic Sample of jQuery Templates Let’s start with a really simple sample of using jQuery Templates. We’ll use the plugin to display a list of books stored in a JavaScript array. Here’s the complete code: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html > <head> <title>Intro</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html> When you open this page in a browser, a list of books is displayed: There are several things going on in this page which require explanation. First, notice that the page uses both the jQuery 1.4.4 and jQuery Templates libraries. Both libraries are retrieved from the ASP.NET CDN: <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> You can use the ASP.NET CDN for free (even for production websites). You can learn more about the files included on the ASP.NET CDN by visiting the ASP.NET CDN documentation page. Second, you should notice that the actual template is included in a script tag with a special MIME type: <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> This template is displayed for each of the books rendered by the template. The template displays a book picture, title, and price. Notice that the SCRIPT tag which wraps the template has a MIME type of text/x-jQuery-tmpl. Why is the template wrapped in a SCRIPT tag and why the strange MIME type? When a browser encounters a SCRIPT tag with an unknown MIME type, it ignores the content of the tag. This is the behavior that you want with a template. You don’t want a browser to attempt to parse the contents of a template because this might cause side effects. For example, the template above includes an <img> tag with a src attribute that points at “BookPictures/${picture}”. You don’t want the browser to attempt to load an image at the URL “BookPictures/${picture}”. Instead, you want to prevent the browser from processing the IMG tag until the ${picture} expression is replaced by with the actual name of an image by the jQuery Templates plugin. If you are not worried about browser side-effects then you can wrap a template inside any HTML tag that you please. For example, the following DIV tag would also work with the jQuery Templates plugin: <div id="bookTemplate" style="display:none"> <div> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </div> Notice that the DIV tag includes a style=”display:none” attribute to prevent the template from being displayed until the template is parsed by the jQuery Templates plugin. Third, notice that the expression ${…} is used to display the value of a JavaScript expression within a template. For example, the expression ${title} is used to display the value of the book title property. You can use any JavaScript function that you please within the ${…} expression. For example, in the template above, the book price is formatted with the help of the custom JavaScript formatPrice() function which is defined lower in the page. Fourth, and finally, the template is rendered with the help of the tmpl() method. The following statement selects the bookTemplate and renders an array of books using the bookTemplate. The results are appended to a DIV element named bookContainer by using the standard jQuery appendTo() method. $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); Using Template Tags Within a template, you can use any of the following template tags. {{tmpl}} – Used for template composition. See the section below. {{wrap}} – Used for wrapped templates. See the section below. {{each}} – Used to iterate through a collection. {{if}} – Used to conditionally display template content. {{else}} – Used with {{if}} to conditionally display template content. {{html}} – Used to display the value of an HTML expression without encoding the value. Using ${…} or {{= }} performs HTML encoding automatically. {{= }}-- Used in exactly the same way as ${…}. {{! }} – Used for displaying comments. The contents of a {{!...}} tag are ignored. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of blog entries. Each blog entry could, possibly, have an associated list of categories. The following page illustrates how you can use the { if}} and {{each}} template tags to conditionally display categories for each blog entry:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>each</title> <link href="1_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="blogPostContainer"></div> <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var blogPosts = [ { postTitle: "How to fix a sink plunger in 5 minutes", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Sinks", "Plumbing"] }, { postTitle: "How to remove a broken lightbulb", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Lightbulbs", "Electricity"] }, { postTitle: "New associate website", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna." } ]; // Render the blog posts $("#blogPostTemplate").tmpl(blogPosts).appendTo("#blogPostContainer"); </script> </body> </html> When this page is opened in a web browser, the following list of blog posts and categories is displayed: Notice that the first and second blog entries have associated categories but the third blog entry does not. The third blog entry is “Uncategorized”. The template used to render the blog entries and categories looks like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> Notice the special expression $value used within the {{each}} template tag. You can use $value to display the value of the current template item. In this case, $value is used to display the value of each category in the collection of categories. Template Composition When building a fancy page, you might want to build a template out of multiple templates. In other words, you might want to take advantage of template composition. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of products. Some of the products are being sold at their normal price and some of the products are on sale. In that case, you might want to use two different templates for displaying a product: a productTemplate and a productOnSaleTemplate. The following page illustrates how you can use the {{tmpl}} tag to build a template from multiple templates:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Composition</title> <link href="2_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContainer"> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productListContainer"></div> <!-- Show list of products using composition --> <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script> <!-- Show product --> <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script> <!-- Show product on sale --> <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var products = [ { name: "Laptop", onSale: false }, { name: "Apples", onSale: true }, { name: "Comb", onSale: false } ]; $("#productListTemplate").tmpl(products).appendTo("#productListContainer"); </script> </div> </body> </html>   In the page above, the main template used to display the list of products looks like this: <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script>   If a product is on sale then the product is displayed with the productOnSaleTemplate (which includes an on sale image): <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script>   Otherwise, the product is displayed with the normal productTemplate (which does not include the on sale image): <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script>   You can pass a parameter to the {{tmpl}} tag. The parameter becomes the data passed to the template rendered by the {{tmpl}} tag. For example, in the previous section, we used the {{each}} template tag to display a list of categories for each blog entry like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script>   Another way to create this template is to use template composition like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{tmpl(categories) "#categoryTemplate"}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script id="categoryTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <i>${$data}</i> &nbsp; </script>   Using the {{each}} tag or {{tmpl}} tag is largely a matter of personal preference. Wrapped Templates The {{wrap}} template tag enables you to take a chunk of HTML and transform the HTML into another chunk of HTML (think easy XSLT). When you use the {{wrap}} tag, you work with two templates. The first template contains the HTML being transformed and the second template includes the filter expressions for transforming the HTML. For example, you can use the {{wrap}} template tag to transform a chunk of HTML into an interactive tab strip: When you click any of the tabs, you see the corresponding content. This tab strip was created with the following page: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Wrapped Templates</title> <style type="text/css"> body { font-family: Arial; background-color:black; } .tabs div { display:inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding:4px; background-color:gray; cursor:pointer; } .tabs div.tabState_true { background-color:white; border-bottom:1px solid white; } .tabBody { border-top:1px solid white; padding:10px; background-color:white; min-height:400px; width:400px; } </style> </head> <body> <div id="tabsView"></div> <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script> <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Global for tracking selected tab var selectedTabIndex = 0; // Render the tab strip $("#tabsContent").tmpl().appendTo("#tabsView"); // When a tab is clicked, update the tab strip $("#tabsView") .delegate(".tabState_false", "click", function () { var templateItem = $.tmplItem(this); selectedTabIndex = $(this).index(); templateItem.update(); }); </script> </body> </html>   The “source” for the tab strip is contained in the following template: <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script>   The tab strip is created with a list of H3 elements (which represent each tab) and DIV elements (which represent the body of each tab). Notice that the HTML content is wrapped in the {{wrap}} template tag. This template tag points at the following tabsWrap template: <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> The tabs DIV contains all of the tabs. The {{each}} template tag is used to loop through each of the H3 elements from the source template and render a DIV tag that represents a particular tab. The template item html() method is used to filter content from the “source” HTML template. The html() method accepts a jQuery selector for its first parameter. The tabs are retrieved from the source template by using an h3 filter. The second parameter passed to the html() method – the textOnly parameter -- causes the filter to return the inner text of each h3 element. You can learn more about the html() method at the jQuery website (see the section on $item.html()). The tabBody DIV renders the body of the selected tab. Notice that the {{html}} template tag is used to display the tab body so that HTML content in the body won’t be HTML encoded. The html() method is used, once again, to grab all of the DIV elements from the source HTML template. The selectedTabIndex global variable is used to display the contents of the selected tab. Remote Templates A common feature request for jQuery templates is support for remote templates. Developers want to be able to separate templates into different files. Adding support for remote templates requires only a few lines of extra code (Dave Ward has a nice blog entry on this). For example, the following page uses a remote template from a file named BookTemplate.htm: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Remote Templates</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The remote template is retrieved (and rendered) with the following code: // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); });   This code uses the standard jQuery $.get() method to get the BookTemplate.htm file from the server with an Ajax request. After the BookTemplate.htm file is successfully retrieved, the $.tmpl() method is used to render an array of books with the template. Here’s what the BookTemplate.htm file looks like: <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> Notice that the template in the BooksTemplate.htm file is not wrapped by a SCRIPT element. There is no need to wrap the template in this case because there is no possibility that the template will get interpreted before you want it to be interpreted. If you plan to use the bookTemplate multiple times – for example, you are paging or sorting the books -- then you should compile the template into a function and cache the compiled template function. For example, the following page can be used to page through a list of 100 products (using iPhone style More paging). <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Caching</title> <link href="6_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productContainer"></div> <button id="more">More</button> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Globals var pageIndex = 0; // Create an array of products var products = []; for (var i = 0; i < 100; i++) { products.push({ name: "Product " + (i + 1) }); } // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); }); $("#more").click(function () { pageIndex++; renderProducts(); }); function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The ProductTemplate is retrieved from an external file named ProductTemplate.htm. This template is retrieved only once. Furthermore, it is compiled and cached with the help of the $.template() method: // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); });   The $.template() method compiles the HTML representation of the template into a JavaScript function and caches the template function with the name productTemplate. The cached template can be used by calling the $.tmp() method. The productTemplate is used in the renderProducts() method: function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } In the code above, the first parameter passed to the $.tmpl() method is the name of a cached template. Working with Template Items In this final section, I want to devote some space to discussing Template Items. A new Template Item is created for each rendered instance of a template. For example, if you are displaying a list of 100 products with a template, then 100 Template Items are created. A Template Item has the following properties and methods: data – The data associated with the Template Instance. For example, a product. tmpl – The template associated with the Template Instance. parent – The parent template item if the template is nested. nodes – The HTML content of the template. calls – Used by {{wrap}} template tag. nest – Used by {{tmpl}} template tag. wrap – Used to imperatively enable wrapped templates. html – Used to filter content from a wrapped template. See the above section on wrapped templates. update – Used to re-render a template item. The last method – the update() method -- is especially interesting because it enables you to re-render a template item with new data or even a new template. For example, the following page displays a list of books. When you hover your mouse over any of the books, additional book details are displayed. In the following screenshot, details for ASP.NET Kick Start are displayed. <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Item</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script id="bookDetailsTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} <p> ${description} </p> </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg", description: "The most comprehensive book on Microsoft’s new ASP.NET 4.. " }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg", description: "Writing for professional programmers, Walther explains the crucial concepts that make the Model-View-Controller (MVC) development paradigm work…" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg", description: "Visual Studio .NET is the premier development environment for creating .NET applications…." }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg", description: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed for the iPhone…" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   There are two templates used to display a book: bookTemplate and bookDetailsTemplate. When you hover your mouse over a template item, the standard bookTemplate is swapped out for the bookDetailsTemplate. The bookDetailsTemplate displays a book description. The books are rendered with the bookTemplate with the following line of code: // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer");   The following code is used to swap the bookTemplate and the bookDetailsTemplate to show details for a book: // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); });   When you hover your mouse over a DIV element rendered by the bookTemplate, the mouseenter handler executes. First, this handler retrieves the Template Item associated with the DIV element by calling the tmplItem() method. The tmplItem() method returns a Template Item. Next, a new template is assigned to the Template Item. Notice that a compiled version of the bookDetailsTemplate is assigned to the Template Item’s tmpl property. The template is compiled earlier in the code by calling the template() method. Finally, the Template Item update() method is called to re-render the Template Item with the bookDetailsTemplate instead of the original bookTemplate. Summary This is a long blog entry and I still have not managed to cover all of the features of jQuery Templates J However, I’ve tried to cover the most important features of jQuery Templates such as template composition, template wrapping, and template items. To learn more about jQuery Templates, I recommend that you look at the documentation for jQuery Templates at the official jQuery website. Another great way to learn more about jQuery Templates is to look at the (unminified) source code.

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • The Incremental Architect&rsquo;s Napkin - #5 - Design functions for extensibility and readability

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/08/24/the-incremental-architectrsquos-napkin---5---design-functions-for.aspx The functionality of programs is entered via Entry Points. So what we´re talking about when designing software is a bunch of functions handling the requests represented by and flowing in through those Entry Points. Designing software thus consists of at least three phases: Analyzing the requirements to find the Entry Points and their signatures Designing the functionality to be executed when those Entry Points get triggered Implementing the functionality according to the design aka coding I presume, you´re familiar with phase 1 in some way. And I guess you´re proficient in implementing functionality in some programming language. But in my experience developers in general are not experienced in going through an explicit phase 2. “Designing functionality? What´s that supposed to mean?” you might already have thought. Here´s my definition: To design functionality (or functional design for short) means thinking about… well, functions. You find a solution for what´s supposed to happen when an Entry Point gets triggered in terms of functions. A conceptual solution that is, because those functions only exist in your head (or on paper) during this phase. But you may have guess that, because it´s “design” not “coding”. And here is, what functional design is not: It´s not about logic. Logic is expressions (e.g. +, -, && etc.) and control statements (e.g. if, switch, for, while etc.). Also I consider calling external APIs as logic. It´s equally basic. It´s what code needs to do in order to deliver some functionality or quality. Logic is what´s doing that needs to be done by software. Transformations are either done through expressions or API-calls. And then there is alternative control flow depending on the result of some expression. Basically it´s just jumps in Assembler, sometimes to go forward (if, switch), sometimes to go backward (for, while, do). But calling your own function is not logic. It´s not necessary to produce any outcome. Functionality is not enhanced by adding functions (subroutine calls) to your code. Nor is quality increased by adding functions. No performance gain, no higher scalability etc. through functions. Functions are not relevant to functionality. Strange, isn´t it. What they are important for is security of investment. By introducing functions into our code we can become more productive (re-use) and can increase evolvability (higher unterstandability, easier to keep code consistent). That´s no small feat, however. Evolvable code can hardly be overestimated. That´s why to me functional design is so important. It´s at the core of software development. To sum this up: Functional design is on a level of abstraction above (!) logical design or algorithmic design. Functional design is only done until you get to a point where each function is so simple you are very confident you can easily code it. Functional design an logical design (which mostly is coding, but can also be done using pseudo code or flow charts) are complementary. Software needs both. If you start coding right away you end up in a tangled mess very quickly. Then you need back out through refactoring. Functional design on the other hand is bloodless without actual code. It´s just a theory with no experiments to prove it. But how to do functional design? An example of functional design Let´s assume a program to de-duplicate strings. The user enters a number of strings separated by commas, e.g. a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a. And the program is supposed to clear this list of all doubles, e.g. a, b, c, d, e. There is only one Entry Point to this program: the user triggers the de-duplication by starting the program with the string list on the command line C:\>deduplicate "a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a" a, b, c, d, e …or by clicking on a GUI button. This leads to the Entry Point function to get called. It´s the program´s main function in case of the batch version or a button click event handler in the GUI version. That´s the physical Entry Point so to speak. It´s inevitable. What then happens is a three step process: Transform the input data from the user into a request. Call the request handler. Transform the output of the request handler into a tangible result for the user. Or to phrase it a bit more generally: Accept input. Transform input into output. Present output. This does not mean any of these steps requires a lot of effort. Maybe it´s just one line of code to accomplish it. Nevertheless it´s a distinct step in doing the processing behind an Entry Point. Call it an aspect or a responsibility - and you will realize it most likely deserves a function of its own to satisfy the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP). Interestingly the above list of steps is already functional design. There is no logic, but nevertheless the solution is described - albeit on a higher level of abstraction than you might have done yourself. But it´s still on a meta-level. The application to the domain at hand is easy, though: Accept string list from command line De-duplicate Present de-duplicated strings on standard output And this concrete list of processing steps can easily be transformed into code:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var output = Deduplicate(input); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } Instead of a big problem there are three much smaller problems now. If you think each of those is trivial to implement, then go for it. You can stop the functional design at this point. But maybe, just maybe, you´re not so sure how to go about with the de-duplication for example. Then just implement what´s easy right now, e.g.private static string Accept_string_list(string[] args) { return args[0]; } private static void Present_deduplicated_string_list( string[] output) { var line = string.Join(", ", output); Console.WriteLine(line); } Accept_string_list() contains logic in the form of an API-call. Present_deduplicated_string_list() contains logic in the form of an expression and an API-call. And then repeat the functional design for the remaining processing step. What´s left is the domain logic: de-duplicating a list of strings. How should that be done? Without any logic at our disposal during functional design you´re left with just functions. So which functions could make up the de-duplication? Here´s a suggestion: De-duplicate Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Processing step 2 obviously was the core of the solution. That´s where real creativity was needed. That´s the core of the domain. But now after this refinement the implementation of each step is easy again:private static string[] Parse_string_list(string input) { return input.Split(',') .Select(s => s.Trim()) .ToArray(); } private static Dictionary<string,object> Compile_unique_strings(string[] strings) { return strings.Aggregate( new Dictionary<string, object>(), (agg, s) => { agg[s] = null; return agg; }); } private static string[] Serialize_unique_strings( Dictionary<string,object> dict) { return dict.Keys.ToArray(); } With these three additional functions Main() now looks like this:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var strings = Parse_string_list(input); var dict = Compile_unique_strings(strings); var output = Serialize_unique_strings(dict); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } I think that´s very understandable code: just read it from top to bottom and you know how the solution to the problem works. It´s a mirror image of the initial design: Accept string list from command line Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Present de-duplicated strings on standard output You can even re-generate the design by just looking at the code. Code and functional design thus are always in sync - if you follow some simple rules. But about that later. And as a bonus: all the functions making up the process are small - which means easy to understand, too. So much for an initial concrete example. Now it´s time for some theory. Because there is method to this madness ;-) The above has only scratched the surface. Introducing Flow Design Functional design starts with a given function, the Entry Point. Its goal is to describe the behavior of the program when the Entry Point is triggered using a process, not an algorithm. An algorithm consists of logic, a process on the other hand consists just of steps or stages. Each processing step transforms input into output or a side effect. Also it might access resources, e.g. a printer, a database, or just memory. Processing steps thus can rely on state of some sort. This is different from Functional Programming, where functions are supposed to not be stateful and not cause side effects.[1] In its simplest form a process can be written as a bullet point list of steps, e.g. Get data from user Output result to user Transform data Parse data Map result for output Such a compilation of steps - possibly on different levels of abstraction - often is the first artifact of functional design. It can be generated by a team in an initial design brainstorming. Next comes ordering the steps. What should happen first, what next etc.? Get data from user Parse data Transform data Map result for output Output result to user That´s great for a start into functional design. It´s better than starting to code right away on a given function using TDD. Please get me right: TDD is a valuable practice. But it can be unnecessarily hard if the scope of a functionn is too large. But how do you know beforehand without investing some thinking? And how to do this thinking in a systematic fashion? My recommendation: For any given function you´re supposed to implement first do a functional design. Then, once you´re confident you know the processing steps - which are pretty small - refine and code them using TDD. You´ll see that´s much, much easier - and leads to cleaner code right away. For more information on this approach I call “Informed TDD” read my book of the same title. Thinking before coding is smart. And writing down the solution as a bunch of functions possibly is the simplest thing you can do, I´d say. It´s more according to the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid) principle than returning constants or other trivial stuff TDD development often is started with. So far so good. A simple ordered list of processing steps will do to start with functional design. As shown in the above example such steps can easily be translated into functions. Moving from design to coding thus is simple. However, such a list does not scale. Processing is not always that simple to be captured in a list. And then the list is just text. Again. Like code. That means the design is lacking visuality. Textual representations need more parsing by your brain than visual representations. Plus they are limited in their “dimensionality”: text just has one dimension, it´s sequential. Alternatives and parallelism are hard to encode in text. In addition the functional design using numbered lists lacks data. It´s not visible what´s the input, output, and state of the processing steps. That´s why functional design should be done using a lightweight visual notation. No tool is necessary to draw such designs. Use pen and paper; a flipchart, a whiteboard, or even a napkin is sufficient. Visualizing processes The building block of the functional design notation is a functional unit. I mostly draw it like this: Something is done, it´s clear what goes in, it´s clear what comes out, and it´s clear what the processing step requires in terms of state or hardware. Whenever input flows into a functional unit it gets processed and output is produced and/or a side effect occurs. Flowing data is the driver of something happening. That´s why I call this approach to functional design Flow Design. It´s about data flow instead of control flow. Control flow like in algorithms is of no concern to functional design. Thinking about control flow simply is too low level. Once you start with control flow you easily get bogged down by tons of details. That´s what you want to avoid during design. Design is supposed to be quick, broad brush, abstract. It should give overview. But what about all the details? As Robert C. Martin rightly said: “Programming is abot detail”. Detail is a matter of code. Once you start coding the processing steps you designed you can worry about all the detail you want. Functional design does not eliminate all the nitty gritty. It just postpones tackling them. To me that´s also an example of the SRP. Function design has the responsibility to come up with a solution to a problem posed by a single function (Entry Point). And later coding has the responsibility to implement the solution down to the last detail (i.e. statement, API-call). TDD unfortunately mixes both responsibilities. It´s just coding - and thereby trying to find detailed implementations (green phase) plus getting the design right (refactoring). To me that´s one reason why TDD has failed to deliver on its promise for many developers. Using functional units as building blocks of functional design processes can be depicted very easily. Here´s the initial process for the example problem: For each processing step draw a functional unit and label it. Choose a verb or an “action phrase” as a label, not a noun. Functional design is about activities, not state or structure. Then make the output of an upstream step the input of a downstream step. Finally think about the data that should flow between the functional units. Write the data above the arrows connecting the functional units in the direction of the data flow. Enclose the data description in brackets. That way you can clearly see if all flows have already been specified. Empty brackets mean “no data is flowing”, but nevertheless a signal is sent. A name like “list” or “strings” in brackets describes the data content. Use lower case labels for that purpose. A name starting with an upper case letter like “String” or “Customer” on the other hand signifies a data type. If you like, you also can combine descriptions with data types by separating them with a colon, e.g. (list:string) or (strings:string[]). But these are just suggestions from my practice with Flow Design. You can do it differently, if you like. Just be sure to be consistent. Flows wired-up in this manner I call one-dimensional (1D). Each functional unit just has one input and/or one output. A functional unit without an output is possible. It´s like a black hole sucking up input without producing any output. Instead it produces side effects. A functional unit without an input, though, does make much sense. When should it start to work? What´s the trigger? That´s why in the above process even the first processing step has an input. If you like, view such 1D-flows as pipelines. Data is flowing through them from left to right. But as you can see, it´s not always the same data. It get´s transformed along its passage: (args) becomes a (list) which is turned into (strings). The Principle of Mutual Oblivion A very characteristic trait of flows put together from function units is: no functional units knows another one. They are all completely independent of each other. Functional units don´t know where their input is coming from (or even when it´s gonna arrive). They just specify a range of values they can process. And they promise a certain behavior upon input arriving. Also they don´t know where their output is going. They just produce it in their own time independent of other functional units. That means at least conceptually all functional units work in parallel. Functional units don´t know their “deployment context”. They now nothing about the overall flow they are place in. They are just consuming input from some upstream, and producing output for some downstream. That makes functional units very easy to test. At least as long as they don´t depend on state or resources. I call this the Principle of Mutual Oblivion (PoMO). Functional units are oblivious of others as well as an overall context/purpose. They are just parts of a whole focused on a single responsibility. How the whole is built, how a larger goal is achieved, is of no concern to the single functional units. By building software in such a manner, functional design interestingly follows nature. Nature´s building blocks for organisms also follow the PoMO. The cells forming your body do not know each other. Take a nerve cell “controlling” a muscle cell for example:[2] The nerve cell does not know anything about muscle cells, let alone the specific muscel cell it is “attached to”. Likewise the muscle cell does not know anything about nerve cells, let a lone a specific nerve cell “attached to” it. Saying “the nerve cell is controlling the muscle cell” thus only makes sense when viewing both from the outside. “Control” is a concept of the whole, not of its parts. Control is created by wiring-up parts in a certain way. Both cells are mutually oblivious. Both just follow a contract. One produces Acetylcholine (ACh) as output, the other consumes ACh as input. Where the ACh is going, where it´s coming from neither cell cares about. Million years of evolution have led to this kind of division of labor. And million years of evolution have produced organism designs (DNA) which lead to the production of these different cell types (and many others) and also to their co-location. The result: the overall behavior of an organism. How and why this happened in nature is a mystery. For our software, though, it´s clear: functional and quality requirements needs to be fulfilled. So we as developers have to become “intelligent designers” of “software cells” which we put together to form a “software organism” which responds in satisfying ways to triggers from it´s environment. My bet is: If nature gets complex organisms working by following the PoMO, who are we to not apply this recipe for success to our much simpler “machines”? So my rule is: Wherever there is functionality to be delivered, because there is a clear Entry Point into software, design the functionality like nature would do it. Build it from mutually oblivious functional units. That´s what Flow Design is about. In that way it´s even universal, I´d say. Its notation can also be applied to biology: Never mind labeling the functional units with nouns. That´s ok in Flow Design. You´ll do that occassionally for functional units on a higher level of abstraction or when their purpose is close to hardware. Getting a cockroach to roam your bedroom takes 1,000,000 nerve cells (neurons). Getting the de-duplication program to do its job just takes 5 “software cells” (functional units). Both, though, follow the same basic principle. Translating functional units into code Moving from functional design to code is no rocket science. In fact it´s straightforward. There are two simple rules: Translate an input port to a function. Translate an output port either to a return statement in that function or to a function pointer visible to that function. The simplest translation of a functional unit is a function. That´s what you saw in the above example. Functions are mutually oblivious. That why Functional Programming likes them so much. It makes them composable. Which is the reason, nature works according to the PoMO. Let´s be clear about one thing: There is no dependency injection in nature. For all of an organism´s complexity no DI container is used. Behavior is the result of smooth cooperation between mutually oblivious building blocks. Functions will often be the adequate translation for the functional units in your designs. But not always. Take for example the case, where a processing step should not always produce an output. Maybe the purpose is to filter input. Here the functional unit consumes words and produces words. But it does not pass along every word flowing in. Some words are swallowed. Think of a spell checker. It probably should not check acronyms for correctness. There are too many of them. Or words with no more than two letters. Such words are called “stop words”. In the above picture the optionality of the output is signified by the astrisk outside the brackets. It means: Any number of (word) data items can flow from the functional unit for each input data item. It might be none or one or even more. This I call a stream of data. Such behavior cannot be translated into a function where output is generated with return. Because a function always needs to return a value. So the output port is translated into a function pointer or continuation which gets passed to the subroutine when called:[3]void filter_stop_words( string word, Action<string> onNoStopWord) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } If you want to be nitpicky you might call such a function pointer parameter an injection. And technically you´re right. Conceptually, though, it´s not an injection. Because the subroutine is not functionally dependent on the continuation. Firstly continuations are procedures, i.e. subroutines without a return type. Remember: Flow Design is about unidirectional data flow. Secondly the name of the formal parameter is chosen in a way as to not assume anything about downstream processing steps. onNoStopWord describes a situation (or event) within the functional unit only. Translating output ports into function pointers helps keeping functional units mutually oblivious in cases where output is optional or produced asynchronically. Either pass the function pointer to the function upon call. Or make it global by putting it on the encompassing class. Then it´s called an event. In C# that´s even an explicit feature.class Filter { public void filter_stop_words( string word) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } public event Action<string> onNoStopWord; } When to use a continuation and when to use an event dependens on how a functional unit is used in flows and how it´s packed together with others into classes. You´ll see examples further down the Flow Design road. Another example of 1D functional design Let´s see Flow Design once more in action using the visual notation. How about the famous word wrap kata? Robert C. Martin has posted a much cited solution including an extensive reasoning behind his TDD approach. So maybe you want to compare it to Flow Design. The function signature given is:string WordWrap(string text, int maxLineLength) {...} That´s not an Entry Point since we don´t see an application with an environment and users. Nevertheless it´s a function which is supposed to provide a certain functionality. The text passed in has to be reformatted. The input is a single line of arbitrary length consisting of words separated by spaces. The output should consist of one or more lines of a maximum length specified. If a word is longer than a the maximum line length it can be split in multiple parts each fitting in a line. Flow Design Let´s start by brainstorming the process to accomplish the feat of reformatting the text. What´s needed? Words need to be assembled into lines Words need to be extracted from the input text The resulting lines need to be assembled into the output text Words too long to fit in a line need to be split Does sound about right? I guess so. And it shows a kind of priority. Long words are a special case. So maybe there is a hint for an incremental design here. First let´s tackle “average words” (words not longer than a line). Here´s the Flow Design for this increment: The the first three bullet points turned into functional units with explicit data added. As the signature requires a text is transformed into another text. See the input of the first functional unit and the output of the last functional unit. In between no text flows, but words and lines. That´s good to see because thereby the domain is clearly represented in the design. The requirements are talking about words and lines and here they are. But note the asterisk! It´s not outside the brackets but inside. That means it´s not a stream of words or lines, but lists or sequences. For each text a sequence of words is output. For each sequence of words a sequence of lines is produced. The asterisk is used to abstract from the concrete implementation. Like with streams. Whether the list of words gets implemented as an array or an IEnumerable is not important during design. It´s an implementation detail. Does any processing step require further refinement? I don´t think so. They all look pretty “atomic” to me. And if not… I can always backtrack and refine a process step using functional design later once I´ve gained more insight into a sub-problem. Implementation The implementation is straightforward as you can imagine. The processing steps can all be translated into functions. Each can be tested easily and separately. Each has a focused responsibility. And the process flow becomes just a sequence of function calls: Easy to understand. It clearly states how word wrapping works - on a high level of abstraction. And it´s easy to evolve as you´ll see. Flow Design - Increment 2 So far only texts consisting of “average words” are wrapped correctly. Words not fitting in a line will result in lines too long. Wrapping long words is a feature of the requested functionality. Whether it´s there or not makes a difference to the user. To quickly get feedback I decided to first implement a solution without this feature. But now it´s time to add it to deliver the full scope. Fortunately Flow Design automatically leads to code following the Open Closed Principle (OCP). It´s easy to extend it - instead of changing well tested code. How´s that possible? Flow Design allows for extension of functionality by inserting functional units into the flow. That way existing functional units need not be changed. The data flow arrow between functional units is a natural extension point. No need to resort to the Strategy Pattern. No need to think ahead where extions might need to be made in the future. I just “phase in” the remaining processing step: Since neither Extract words nor Reformat know of their environment neither needs to be touched due to the “detour”. The new processing step accepts the output of the existing upstream step and produces data compatible with the existing downstream step. Implementation - Increment 2 A trivial implementation checking the assumption if this works does not do anything to split long words. The input is just passed on: Note how clean WordWrap() stays. The solution is easy to understand. A developer looking at this code sometime in the future, when a new feature needs to be build in, quickly sees how long words are dealt with. Compare this to Robert C. Martin´s solution:[4] How does this solution handle long words? Long words are not even part of the domain language present in the code. At least I need considerable time to understand the approach. Admittedly the Flow Design solution with the full implementation of long word splitting is longer than Robert C. Martin´s. At least it seems. Because his solution does not cover all the “word wrap situations” the Flow Design solution handles. Some lines would need to be added to be on par, I guess. But even then… Is a difference in LOC that important as long as it´s in the same ball park? I value understandability and openness for extension higher than saving on the last line of code. Simplicity is not just less code, it´s also clarity in design. But don´t take my word for it. Try Flow Design on larger problems and compare for yourself. What´s the easier, more straightforward way to clean code? And keep in mind: You ain´t seen all yet ;-) There´s more to Flow Design than described in this chapter. In closing I hope I was able to give you a impression of functional design that makes you hungry for more. To me it´s an inevitable step in software development. Jumping from requirements to code does not scale. And it leads to dirty code all to quickly. Some thought should be invested first. Where there is a clear Entry Point visible, it´s functionality should be designed using data flows. Because with data flows abstraction is possible. For more background on why that´s necessary read my blog article here. For now let me point out to you - if you haven´t already noticed - that Flow Design is a general purpose declarative language. It´s “programming by intention” (Shalloway et al.). Just write down how you think the solution should work on a high level of abstraction. This breaks down a large problem in smaller problems. And by following the PoMO the solutions to those smaller problems are independent of each other. So they are easy to test. Or you could even think about getting them implemented in parallel by different team members. Flow Design not only increases evolvability, but also helps becoming more productive. All team members can participate in functional design. This goes beyon collective code ownership. We´re talking collective design/architecture ownership. Because with Flow Design there is a common visual language to talk about functional design - which is the foundation for all other design activities.   PS: If you like what you read, consider getting my ebook “The Incremental Architekt´s Napkin”. It´s where I compile all the articles in this series for easier reading. I like the strictness of Function Programming - but I also find it quite hard to live by. And it certainly is not what millions of programmers are used to. Also to me it seems, the real world is full of state and side effects. So why give them such a bad image? That´s why functional design takes a more pragmatic approach. State and side effects are ok for processing steps - but be sure to follow the SRP. Don´t put too much of it into a single processing step. ? Image taken from www.physioweb.org ? My code samples are written in C#. C# sports typed function pointers called delegates. Action is such a function pointer type matching functions with signature void someName(T t). Other languages provide similar ways to work with functions as first class citizens - even Java now in version 8. I trust you find a way to map this detail of my translation to your favorite programming language. I know it works for Java, C++, Ruby, JavaScript, Python, Go. And if you´re using a Functional Programming language it´s of course a no brainer. ? Taken from his blog post “The Craftsman 62, The Dark Path”. ?

    Read the article

  • Pure Server-Side Filtering with RadGridView and WCF RIA Services

    Those of you who are familiar with WCF RIA Services know that the DomainDataSource control provides a FilterDescriptors collection that enables you to filter data returned by the query on the server. We have been using this DomainDataSource feature in our RIA Services with DomainDataSource online example for almost an year now. In the example, we are listening for RadGridViews Filtering event in order to intercept any filtering that is performed on the client and translate it to something that the DomainDataSource will understand, in this case a System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor being added or removed from its FilterDescriptors collection. Think of RadGridView.FilterDescriptors as client-side filtering and of DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors as server-side filtering. We no longer need the client-side one. With the introduction of the Custom Filtering Controls feature many new possibilities have opened. With these custom controls we no longer need to do any filtering on the client. I have prepared a very small project that demonstrates how to filter solely on the server by using a custom filtering control. As I have already mentioned filtering on the server is done through the FilterDescriptors collection of the DomainDataSource control. This collection holds instances of type System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor. The FilterDescriptor has three important properties: PropertyPath: Specifies the name of the property that we want to filter on (the left operand). Operator: Specifies the type of comparison to use when filtering. An instance of FilterOperator Enumeration. Value: The value to compare with (the right operand). An instance of the Parameter Class. By adding filters, you can specify that only entities which meet the condition in the filter are loaded from the domain context. In case you are not familiar with these concepts you might find Brad Abrams blog interesting. Now, our requirements are to create some kind of UI that will manipulate the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection. When it comes to collections, my first choice of course would be RadGridView. If you are not familiar with the Custom Filtering Controls concept I would strongly recommend getting acquainted with my step-by-step tutorial Custom Filtering with RadGridView for Silverlight and checking the online example out. I have created a simple custom filtering control that contains a RadGridView and several buttons. This control is aware of the DomainDataSource instance, since it is operating on its FilterDescriptors collection. In fact, the RadGridView that is inside it is bound to this collection. In order to display filters that are relevant for the current column only, I have applied a filter to the grid. This filter is a Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor and is used to filter the little grid inside the custom control. It should not be confused with the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection that RadGridView is actually bound to. These are the RIA filters. Additionally, I have added several other features. For example, if you have specified a DataFormatString on your original column, the Value column inside the custom control will pick it up and format the filter values accordingly. Also, I have transferred the data type of the column that you are filtering to the Value column of the custom control. This will help the little RadGridView determine what kind of editor to show up when you begin edit, for example a date picker for DateTime columns. Finally, I have added four buttons two of them can be used to add or remove filters and the other two will communicate the changes you have made to the server. Here is the full source code of the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. The XAML: <UserControl x:Class="PureServerSideFiltering.DomainDataSourceFilteringControl"    xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"    xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"     xmlns:telerikGrid="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView"     xmlns:telerik="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls"     Width="300">     <Border x:Name="LayoutRoot"             BorderThickness="1"             BorderBrush="#FF8A929E"             Padding="5"             Background="#FFDFE2E5">           <Grid>             <Grid.RowDefinitions>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="150"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>             </Grid.RowDefinitions>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="0"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="addFilterButton"                                   Click="OnAddFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Add Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="removeFilterButton"                                   Click="OnRemoveFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Remove Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>               <telerikGrid:RadGridView Name="filtersGrid"                                     Grid.Row="1"                                     Margin="2"                                     ItemsSource="{Binding FilterDescriptors}"                                     AddingNewDataItem="OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem"                                     ColumnWidth="*"                                     ShowGroupPanel="False"                                     AutoGenerateColumns="False"                                     CanUserResizeColumns="False"                                     CanUserReorderColumns="False"                                     CanUserFreezeColumns="False"                                     RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed"                                     IsFilteringAllowed="False"                                     CanUserSortColumns="False">                 <telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewComboBoxColumn DataMemberBinding="{Binding Operator}"                                                         UniqueName="Operator"/>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Value"                                                     DataMemberBinding="{Binding Value.Value}"                                                     UniqueName="Value"/>                 </telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>             </telerikGrid:RadGridView>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="2"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="filterButton"                                   Click="OnApplyFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Apply Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="clearButton"                                   Click="OnClearFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Clear Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>           </Grid>       </Border> </UserControl>   And the code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Data;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     /// <summary>     /// A custom filtering control capable of filtering purely server-side.     /// </summary>     public partial class DomainDataSourceFilteringControl : UserControl, IFilteringControl     {         // The main player here.         DomainDataSource domainDataSource;           // This is the name of the property that this column displays.         private string dataMemberName;           // This is the type of the property that this column displays.         private Type dataMemberType;           /// <summary>         /// Identifies the <see cref="IsActive"/> dependency property.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// The state of the filtering funnel (i.e. full or empty) is bound to this property.         /// </remarks>         public static readonly DependencyProperty IsActiveProperty =             DependencyProperty.Register(                 "IsActive",                 typeof(bool),                 typeof(DomainDataSourceFilteringControl),                 new PropertyMetadata(false));           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering is active.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// Set this to true if you want to lit-up the filtering funnel.         /// </remarks>         public bool IsActive         {             get { return (bool)GetValue(IsActiveProperty); }             set { SetValue(IsActiveProperty, value); }         }           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets the domain data source.         /// We need this in order to work on its FilterDescriptors collection.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The domain data source.</value>         public DomainDataSource DomainDataSource         {             get { return this.domainDataSource; }             set { this.domainDataSource = value; }         }           public System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptorCollection FilterDescriptors         {             get { return this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors; }         }           public DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()         {             InitializeComponent();         }           public void Prepare(GridViewBoundColumnBase column)         {             this.LayoutRoot.DataContext = this;               if (this.DomainDataSource == null)             {                 // Sorry, but we need a DomainDataSource. Can't do anything without it.                 return;             }               // This is the name of the property that this column displays.             this.dataMemberName = column.GetDataMemberName();               // This is the type of the property that this column displays.             // We need this in order to see which FilterOperators to feed to the combo-box column.             this.dataMemberType = column.DataType;               // We will use our magic Type extension method to see which operators are applicable for             // this data type. You can go to the extension method body and see what it does.             ((GridViewComboBoxColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Operator"]).ItemsSource                 = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators();               // This is very nice as well. We will tell the Value column its data type. In this way             // RadGridView will pick up the best editor according to the data type. For example,             // if the data type of the value is DateTime, you will be editing it with a DatePicker.             // Nice!             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataType = this.dataMemberType;               // Yet another nice feature. We will transfer the original DataFormatString (if any) to             // the Value column. In this way if you have specified a DataFormatString for the original             // column, you will see all filter values formatted accordingly.             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataFormatString = column.DataFormatString;               // This is important. Since our little filtersGrid will be bound to the entire collection             // of this.domainDataSource.FilterDescriptors, we need to set a Telerik filter on the             // grid so that it will display FilterDescriptor which are relevane to this column ONLY!             Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor columnFilter = new Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("PropertyPath"                 , Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsEqualTo                 , this.dataMemberName);             this.filtersGrid.FilterDescriptors.Add(columnFilter);               // We want to listen for this in order to activate and de-activate the UI funnel.             this.filtersGrid.Items.CollectionChanged += this.OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged;         }           /// <summary>         // Since the DomainDataSource is a little bit picky about adding uninitialized FilterDescriptors         // to its collection, we will prepare each new instance with some default values and then         // the user can change them later. Go to the event handler to see how we do this.         /// </summary>         void OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem(object sender, GridViewAddingNewEventArgs e)         {             // We need to initialize the new instance with some values and let the user go on from here.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor newFilter = new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor();               // This is a must. It should know what member it is filtering on.             newFilter.PropertyPath = this.dataMemberName;               // Initialize it with one of the allowed operators.             // TypeExtensions.ApplicableFilterOperators method for more info.             newFilter.Operator = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators().First();               if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(DateTime))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = DateTime.Now;             }             else if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(string))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = "<enter text>";             }             else if (this.dataMemberType.IsValueType)             {                 // We need something non-null for all value types.                 newFilter.Value.Value = Activator.CreateInstance(this.dataMemberType);             }               // Let the user edit the new filter any way he/she likes.             e.NewObject = newFilter;         }           void OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged(object sender, System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e)         {             // We are active only if we have any filters define. In this case the filtering funnel will lit-up.             this.IsActive = this.filtersGrid.Items.Count > 0;         }           private void OnApplyFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // Since this.domainDataSource.AutoLoad is false, this will take into             // account all filtering changes that the user has made since the last             // Load() and pull the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnClearFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // We want to remove ONLY those filters from the DomainDataSource             // that this control is responsible for.             this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors                 .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == this.dataMemberName) // Only "our" filters.                 .ToList()                 .ForEach(fd => this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(fd)); // Bye-bye!               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // After we did our housekeeping, get the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnAddFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Let the user enter his/or her requirements for a new filter.             this.filtersGrid.BeginInsert();             this.filtersGrid.UpdateLayout();         }           private void OnRemoveFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Find the currently selected filter and destroy it.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor filterToRemove = this.filtersGrid.SelectedItem as System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor;             if (filterToRemove != null                 && this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Contains(filterToRemove))             {                 this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(filterToRemove);             }         }           private void ClosePopup()         {             System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup popup = this.ParentOfType<System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup>();             if (popup != null)             {                 popup.IsOpen = false;             }         }     } }   Finally, we need to tell RadGridViews Columns to use this custom control instead of the default one. Here is how to do it: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     public partial class MainPage : UserControl     {         public MainPage()         {             InitializeComponent();             this.grid.AutoGeneratingColumn += this.OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn;               // Uncomment this if you want the DomainDataSource to start pre-filtered.             // You will notice how our custom filtering controls will correctly read this information,             // populate their UI with the respective filters and lit-up the funnel to indicate that             // filtering is active. Go ahead and try it.             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("Title", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.Contains, "Assistant"));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsGreaterThan, new DateTime(1998, 12, 31)));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsLessThanOrEqualTo, new DateTime(1999, 12, 31)));               this.employeesDataSource.Load();         }           /// <summary>         /// First of all, we will need to replace the default filtering control         /// of each column with out custom filtering control DomainDataSourceFilteringControl         /// </summary>         private void OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn(object sender, GridViewAutoGeneratingColumnEventArgs e)         {             GridViewBoundColumnBase dataColumn = e.Column as GridViewBoundColumnBase;             if (dataColumn != null)             {                 // We do not like ugly dates.                 if (dataColumn.DataType == typeof(DateTime))                 {                     dataColumn.DataFormatString = "{0:d}"; // Short date pattern.                       // Notice how this format will be later transferred to the Value column                     // of the grid that we have inside the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl.                 }                   // Replace the default filtering control with our.                 dataColumn.FilteringControl = new DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()                 {                     // Let the control know about the DDS, after all it will work directly on it.                     DomainDataSource = this.employeesDataSource                 };                   // Finally, lit-up the filtering funnel through the IsActive dependency property                 // in case there are some filters on the DDS that match our column member.                 string dataMemberName = dataColumn.GetDataMemberName();                 dataColumn.FilteringControl.IsActive =                     this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors                     .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == dataMemberName)                     .Count() > 0;             }         }     } } The best part is that we are not only writing filters for the DomainDataSource we can read and load them. If the DomainDataSource has some pre-existing filters (like I have created in the code above), our control will read them and will populate its UI accordingly. Even the filtering funnel will light-up! Remember, the funnel is controlled by the IsActive property of our control. While this is just a basic implementation, the source code is absolutely yours and you can take it from here and extend it to match your specific business requirements. Below the main grid there is another debug grid. With its help you can monitor what filter descriptors are added and removed to the domain data source. Download Source Code. (You will have to have the AdventureWorks sample database installed on the default SQLExpress instance in order to run it.) Enjoy!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Using a mounted NTFS share with nginx

    - by Hoff
    I have set up a local testing VM with Ubuntu Server 12.04 LTS and the LEMP stack. It's kind of an unconventional setup because instead of having all my PHP scripts on the local machine, I've mounted an NTFS share as the document root because I do my development on Windows. I had everything working perfectly up until this morning, now I keep getting a dreaded 'File not found.' error. I am almost certain this must be somehow permission related, because if I copy my site over to /var/www, nginx and php-fpm have no problems serving my PHP scripts. What I can't figure out is why all of a sudden (after a reboot of the server), no PHP files will be served but instead just the 'File not found.' error. Static files work fine, so I think it's PHP that is causing the headache. Both nginx and php-fpm are configured to run as the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ps aux | grep 'nginx\|php-fpm' root 1095 0.0 0.0 5816 792 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 nginx: master process /opt/nginx/sbin/nginx -c /etc/nginx/nginx.conf www-data 1096 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process www-data 1098 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process root 1130 0.0 0.4 175560 4212 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: master process (/etc/php5/php-fpm.conf) www-data 1131 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1132 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1133 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www root 1686 0.0 0.0 4368 816 pts/1 S+ 11:11 0:00 grep --color=auto nginx\|php-fpm I have mounted the NTFS share at /mnt/webfiles by editing /etc/fstab and adding the following line: //192.168.0.199/c$/Websites/ /mnt/webfiles cifs username=Jordan,password=mypasswordhere,gid=33,uid=33 0 0 Where gid 33 is the www-data group and uid 33 is the user www-data. If I list the contents of one of my sites you can in fact see that they belong to the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ls -l /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0 total 8 drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 6 19:12 app drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Aug 22 19:00 assets -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1150 Jan 4 2012 favicon.ico -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1412 Dec 28 2011 index.php drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:44 lib drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jan 3 2012 plugins drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:45 vendors If I switch to the www-data user, I have no problem creating a new file on the share: root@ubuntu-server:~# su www-data $ > /mnt/webfiles/test.txt $ ls -l /mnt/webfiles | grep test\.txt -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Sep 8 11:19 test.txt There should be no problem reading or writing to the share with php-fpm running as the user www-data. When I examine the error log of nginx, it's filled with a bunch of lines that look like the following: 2012/09/08 11:22:36 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET / HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" 2012/09/08 11:22:39 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET /apc.php HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" It's bizarre that this was working previously and now all of sudden PHP is complaining that it can't "find" the scripts on the share. Does anybody know why this is happening? EDIT I tried editing php-fpm.conf and changing chdir to the following: chdir = /mnt/webfiles When I try and restart the php-fpm service, I get the error: Starting php-fpm [08-Sep-2012 14:20:55] ERROR: [pool www] the chdir path '/mnt/webfiles' does not exist or is not a directory This is a total load of bullshit because this directory DOES exist and is mounted! Any ls commands to list that directory work perfectly. Why the hell can't PHP-FPM see this directory?! Here are my configuration files for reference: nginx.conf user www-data; worker_processes 2; error_log /var/log/nginx/nginx.log info; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; multi_accept on; } http { include fastcgi.conf; include mime.types; default_type application/octet-stream; set_real_ip_from 127.0.0.1; real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For; ## Proxy proxy_redirect off; proxy_set_header Host $host; proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; client_max_body_size 32m; client_body_buffer_size 128k; proxy_connect_timeout 90; proxy_send_timeout 90; proxy_read_timeout 90; proxy_buffers 32 4k; ## Compression gzip on; gzip_types text/plain text/css application/x-javascript text/xml application/xml application/xml+rss text/javascript; gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]\.(?!.*SV1)"; ### TCP options tcp_nodelay on; tcp_nopush on; keepalive_timeout 65; sendfile on; include /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/*; } my site config server { listen 80; access_log /var/log/nginx/$host.access.log; error_log /var/log/nginx/error.log; root /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0/app/webroot; index index.php; ## Block bad bots if ($http_user_agent ~* (HTTrack|HTMLParser|libcurl|discobot|Exabot|Casper|kmccrew|plaNETWORK|RPT-HTTPClient)) { return 444; } ## Block certain Referers (case insensitive) if ($http_referer ~* (sex|vigra|viagra) ) { return 444; } ## Deny dot files: location ~ /\. { deny all; } ## Favicon Not Found location = /favicon.ico { access_log off; log_not_found off; } ## Robots.txt Not Found location = /robots.txt { access_log off; log_not_found off; } if (-f $document_root/maintenance.html) { rewrite ^(.*)$ /maintenance.html last; } location ~* \.(?:ico|css|js|gif|jpe?g|png)$ { # Some basic cache-control for static files to be sent to the browser expires max; add_header Pragma public; add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2678400, public, must-revalidate"; } location / { try_files $uri $uri/ index.php; if (-f $request_filename) { break; } rewrite ^(.+)$ /index.php?url=$1 last; } location ~ \.php$ { include /etc/nginx/fastcgi.conf; fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock; } } php-fpm.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; FPM Configuration ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; All relative paths in this configuration file are relative to PHP's install ; prefix (/opt/php5). This prefix can be dynamicaly changed by using the ; '-p' argument from the command line. ; Include one or more files. If glob(3) exists, it is used to include a bunch of ; files from a glob(3) pattern. This directive can be used everywhere in the ; file. ; Relative path can also be used. They will be prefixed by: ; - the global prefix if it's been set (-p arguement) ; - /opt/php5 otherwise ;include=etc/fpm.d/*.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Global Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; [global] ; Pid file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: none pid = /var/run/php-fpm.pid ; Error log file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: log/php-fpm.log error_log = /var/log/php5-fpm/php-fpm.log ; Log level ; Possible Values: alert, error, warning, notice, debug ; Default Value: notice ;log_level = notice ; If this number of child processes exit with SIGSEGV or SIGBUS within the time ; interval set by emergency_restart_interval then FPM will restart. A value ; of '0' means 'Off'. ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_threshold = 0 ; Interval of time used by emergency_restart_interval to determine when ; a graceful restart will be initiated. This can be useful to work around ; accidental corruptions in an accelerator's shared memory. ; Available Units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_interval = 0 ; Time limit for child processes to wait for a reaction on signals from master. ; Available units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;process_control_timeout = 0 ; Send FPM to background. Set to 'no' to keep FPM in foreground for debugging. ; Default Value: yes ;daemonize = yes ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Pool Definitions ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Multiple pools of child processes may be started with different listening ; ports and different management options. The name of the pool will be ; used in logs and stats. There is no limitation on the number of pools which ; FPM can handle. Your system will tell you anyway :) ; Start a new pool named 'www'. ; the variable $pool can we used in any directive and will be replaced by the ; pool name ('www' here) [www] ; Per pool prefix ; It only applies on the following directives: ; - 'slowlog' ; - 'listen' (unixsocket) ; - 'chroot' ; - 'chdir' ; - 'php_values' ; - 'php_admin_values' ; When not set, the global prefix (or /opt/php5) applies instead. ; Note: This directive can also be relative to the global prefix. ; Default Value: none ;prefix = /path/to/pools/$pool ; The address on which to accept FastCGI requests. ; Valid syntaxes are: ; 'ip.add.re.ss:port' - to listen on a TCP socket to a specific address on ; a specific port; ; 'port' - to listen on a TCP socket to all addresses on a ; specific port; ; '/path/to/unix/socket' - to listen on a unix socket. ; Note: This value is mandatory. ;listen = 127.0.0.1:9000 listen = /var/run/php5-fpm.sock ; Set listen(2) backlog. A value of '-1' means unlimited. ; Default Value: 128 (-1 on FreeBSD and OpenBSD) ;listen.backlog = -1 ; List of ipv4 addresses of FastCGI clients which are allowed to connect. ; Equivalent to the FCGI_WEB_SERVER_ADDRS environment variable in the original ; PHP FCGI (5.2.2+). Makes sense only with a tcp listening socket. Each address ; must be separated by a comma. If this value is left blank, connections will be ; accepted from any ip address. ; Default Value: any ;listen.allowed_clients = 127.0.0.1 ; Set permissions for unix socket, if one is used. In Linux, read/write ; permissions must be set in order to allow connections from a web server. Many ; BSD-derived systems allow connections regardless of permissions. ; Default Values: user and group are set as the running user ; mode is set to 0666 ;listen.owner = www-data ;listen.group = www-data ;listen.mode = 0666 ; Unix user/group of processes ; Note: The user is mandatory. If the group is not set, the default user's group ; will be used. user = www-data group = www-data ; Choose how the process manager will control the number of child processes. ; Possible Values: ; static - a fixed number (pm.max_children) of child processes; ; dynamic - the number of child processes are set dynamically based on the ; following directives: ; pm.max_children - the maximum number of children that can ; be alive at the same time. ; pm.start_servers - the number of children created on startup. ; pm.min_spare_servers - the minimum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is less than this ; number then some children will be created. ; pm.max_spare_servers - the maximum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is greater than this ; number then some children will be killed. ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm = dynamic ; The number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'static' and the ; maximum number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'dynamic'. ; This value sets the limit on the number of simultaneous requests that will be ; served. Equivalent to the ApacheMaxClients directive with mpm_prefork. ; Equivalent to the PHP_FCGI_CHILDREN environment variable in the original PHP ; CGI. ; Note: Used when pm is set to either 'static' or 'dynamic' ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm.max_children = 50 ; The number of child processes created on startup. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Default Value: min_spare_servers + (max_spare_servers - min_spare_servers) / 2 pm.start_servers = 20 ; The desired minimum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.min_spare_servers = 5 ; The desired maximum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.max_spare_servers = 35 ; The number of requests each child process should execute before respawning. ; This can be useful to work around memory leaks in 3rd party libraries. For ; endless request processing specify '0'. Equivalent to PHP_FCGI_MAX_REQUESTS. ; Default Value: 0 pm.max_requests = 500 ; The URI to view the FPM status page. If this value is not set, no URI will be ; recognized as a status page. By default, the status page shows the following ; information: ; accepted conn - the number of request accepted by the pool; ; pool - the name of the pool; ; process manager - static or dynamic; ; idle processes - the number of idle processes; ; active processes - the number of active processes; ; total processes - the number of idle + active processes. ; max children reached - number of times, the process limit has been reached, ; when pm tries to start more children (works only for ; pm 'dynamic') ; The values of 'idle processes', 'active processes' and 'total processes' are ; updated each second. The value of 'accepted conn' is updated in real time. ; Example output: ; accepted conn: 12073 ; pool: www ; process manager: static ; idle processes: 35 ; active processes: 65 ; total processes: 100 ; max children reached: 1 ; By default the status page output is formatted as text/plain. Passing either ; 'html' or 'json' as a query string will return the corresponding output ; syntax. Example: ; http://www.foo.bar/status ; http://www.foo.bar/status?json ; http://www.foo.bar/status?html ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set pm.status_path = /status ; The ping URI to call the monitoring page of FPM. If this value is not set, no ; URI will be recognized as a ping page. This could be used to test from outside ; that FPM is alive and responding, or to ; - create a graph of FPM availability (rrd or such); ; - remove a server from a group if it is not responding (load balancing); ; - trigger alerts for the operating team (24/7). ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set ping.path = /ping ; This directive may be used to customize the response of a ping request. The ; response is formatted as text/plain with a 200 response code. ; Default Value: pong ping.response = pong ; The timeout for serving a single request after which the worker process will ; be killed. This option should be used when the 'max_execution_time' ini option ; does not stop script execution for some reason. A value of '0' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_terminate_timeout = 0 ; The timeout for serving a single request after which a PHP backtrace will be ; dumped to the 'slowlog' file. A value of '0s' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_slowlog_timeout = 0 ; The log file for slow requests ; Default Value: not set ; Note: slowlog is mandatory if request_slowlog_timeout is set ;slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ; Set open file descriptor rlimit. ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_files = 1024 ; Set max core size rlimit. ; Possible Values: 'unlimited' or an integer greater or equal to 0 ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_core = 0 ; Chroot to this directory at the start. This value must be defined as an ; absolute path. When this value is not set, chroot is not used. ; Note: you can prefix with '$prefix' to chroot to the pool prefix or one ; of its subdirectories. If the pool prefix is not set, the global prefix ; will be used instead. ; Note: chrooting is a great security feature and should be used whenever ; possible. However, all PHP paths will be relative to the chroot ; (error_log, sessions.save_path, ...). ; Default Value: not set ;chroot = ; Chdir to this directory at the start. ; Note: relative path can be used. ; Default Value: current directory or / when chroot ;chdir = /var/www ; Redirect worker stdout and stderr into main error log. If not set, stdout and ; stderr will be redirected to /dev/null according to FastCGI specs. ; Note: on highloaded environement, this can cause some delay in the page ; process time (several ms). ; Default Value: no ;catch_workers_output = yes ; Pass environment variables like LD_LIBRARY_PATH. All $VARIABLEs are taken from ; the current environment. ; Default Value: clean env ;env[HOSTNAME] = $HOSTNAME ;env[PATH] = /usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin ;env[TMP] = /tmp ;env[TMPDIR] = /tmp ;env[TEMP] = /tmp ; Additional php.ini defines, specific to this pool of workers. These settings ; overwrite the values previously defined in the php.ini. The directives are the ; same as the PHP SAPI: ; php_value/php_flag - you can set classic ini defines which can ; be overwritten from PHP call 'ini_set'. ; php_admin_value/php_admin_flag - these directives won't be overwritten by ; PHP call 'ini_set' ; For php_*flag, valid values are on, off, 1, 0, true, false, yes or no. ; Defining 'extension' will load the corresponding shared extension from ; extension_dir. Defining 'disable_functions' or 'disable_classes' will not ; overwrite previously defined php.ini values, but will append the new value ; instead. ; Note: path INI options can be relative and will be expanded with the prefix ; (pool, global or /opt/php5) ; Default Value: nothing is defined by default except the values in php.ini and ; specified at startup with the -d argument ;php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i -f [email protected] ;php_flag[display_errors] = off ;php_admin_value[error_log] = /var/log/fpm-php.www.log ;php_admin_flag[log_errors] = on ;php_admin_value[memory_limit] = 32M php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i

    Read the article

  • web.xml not reloading in tomcat even after stop/start

    - by ajay
    This is in relation to:- http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2576514/basic-tomcat-servlet-error I changed my web.xml file, did ant compile , all, /etc/init.d/tomcat stop , start Even then my web.xml file in tomcat deployment is still unchanged. This is build.properties file:- app.name=hello catalina.home=/usr/local/tomcat manager.username=admin manager.password=admin This is my build.xml file. Is there something wrong with this:- <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. --> <!-- General purpose build script for web applications and web services, including enhanced support for deploying directly to a Tomcat 6 based server. This build script assumes that the source code of your web application is organized into the following subdirectories underneath the source code directory from which you execute the build script: docs Static documentation files to be copied to the "docs" subdirectory of your distribution. src Java source code (and associated resource files) to be compiled to the "WEB-INF/classes" subdirectory of your web applicaiton. web Static HTML, JSP, and other content (such as image files), including the WEB-INF subdirectory and its configuration file contents. $Id: build.xml.txt 562814 2007-08-05 03:52:04Z markt $ --> <!-- A "project" describes a set of targets that may be requested when Ant is executed. The "default" attribute defines the target which is executed if no specific target is requested, and the "basedir" attribute defines the current working directory from which Ant executes the requested task. This is normally set to the current working directory. --> <project name="My Project" default="compile" basedir="."> <!-- ===================== Property Definitions =========================== --> <!-- Each of the following properties are used in the build script. Values for these properties are set by the first place they are defined, from the following list: * Definitions on the "ant" command line (ant -Dfoo=bar compile). * Definitions from a "build.properties" file in the top level source directory of this application. * Definitions from a "build.properties" file in the developer's home directory. * Default definitions in this build.xml file. You will note below that property values can be composed based on the contents of previously defined properties. This is a powerful technique that helps you minimize the number of changes required when your development environment is modified. Note that property composition is allowed within "build.properties" files as well as in the "build.xml" script. --> <property file="build.properties"/> <property file="${user.home}/build.properties"/> <!-- ==================== File and Directory Names ======================== --> <!-- These properties generally define file and directory names (or paths) that affect where the build process stores its outputs. app.name Base name of this application, used to construct filenames and directories. Defaults to "myapp". app.path Context path to which this application should be deployed (defaults to "/" plus the value of the "app.name" property). app.version Version number of this iteration of the application. build.home The directory into which the "prepare" and "compile" targets will generate their output. Defaults to "build". catalina.home The directory in which you have installed a binary distribution of Tomcat 6. This will be used by the "deploy" target. dist.home The name of the base directory in which distribution files are created. Defaults to "dist". manager.password The login password of a user that is assigned the "manager" role (so that he or she can execute commands via the "/manager" web application) manager.url The URL of the "/manager" web application on the Tomcat installation to which we will deploy web applications and web services. manager.username The login username of a user that is assigned the "manager" role (so that he or she can execute commands via the "/manager" web application) --> <property name="app.name" value="myapp"/> <property name="app.path" value="/${app.name}"/> <property name="app.version" value="0.1-dev"/> <property name="build.home" value="${basedir}/build"/> <property name="catalina.home" value="../../../.."/> <!-- UPDATE THIS! --> <property name="dist.home" value="${basedir}/dist"/> <property name="docs.home" value="${basedir}/docs"/> <property name="manager.url" value="http://localhost:8080/manager"/> <property name="src.home" value="${basedir}/src"/> <property name="web.home" value="${basedir}/web"/> <!-- ==================== External Dependencies =========================== --> <!-- Use property values to define the locations of external JAR files on which your application will depend. In general, these values will be used for two purposes: * Inclusion on the classpath that is passed to the Javac compiler * Being copied into the "/WEB-INF/lib" directory during execution of the "deploy" target. Because we will automatically include all of the Java classes that Tomcat 6 exposes to web applications, we will not need to explicitly list any of those dependencies. You only need to worry about external dependencies for JAR files that you are going to include inside your "/WEB-INF/lib" directory. --> <!-- Dummy external dependency --> <!-- <property name="foo.jar" value="/path/to/foo.jar"/> --> <!-- ==================== Compilation Classpath =========================== --> <!-- Rather than relying on the CLASSPATH environment variable, Ant includes features that makes it easy to dynamically construct the classpath you need for each compilation. The example below constructs the compile classpath to include the servlet.jar file, as well as the other components that Tomcat makes available to web applications automatically, plus anything that you explicitly added. --> <path id="compile.classpath"> <!-- Include all JAR files that will be included in /WEB-INF/lib --> <!-- *** CUSTOMIZE HERE AS REQUIRED BY YOUR APPLICATION *** --> <!-- <pathelement location="${foo.jar}"/> --> <!-- Include all elements that Tomcat exposes to applications --> <fileset dir="${catalina.home}/bin"> <include name="*.jar"/> </fileset> <pathelement location="${catalina.home}/lib"/> <fileset dir="${catalina.home}/lib"> <include name="*.jar"/> </fileset> </path> <!-- ================== Custom Ant Task Definitions ======================= --> <!-- These properties define custom tasks for the Ant build tool that interact with the "/manager" web application installed with Tomcat 6. Before they can be successfully utilized, you must perform the following steps: - Copy the file "lib/catalina-ant.jar" from your Tomcat 6 installation into the "lib" directory of your Ant installation. - Create a "build.properties" file in your application's top-level source directory (or your user login home directory) that defines appropriate values for the "manager.password", "manager.url", and "manager.username" properties described above. For more information about the Manager web application, and the functionality of these tasks, see <http://localhost:8080/tomcat-docs/manager-howto.html>. --> <taskdef resource="org/apache/catalina/ant/catalina.tasks" classpathref="compile.classpath"/> <!-- ==================== Compilation Control Options ==================== --> <!-- These properties control option settings on the Javac compiler when it is invoked using the <javac> task. compile.debug Should compilation include the debug option? compile.deprecation Should compilation include the deprecation option? compile.optimize Should compilation include the optimize option? --> <property name="compile.debug" value="true"/> <property name="compile.deprecation" value="false"/> <property name="compile.optimize" value="true"/> <!-- ==================== All Target ====================================== --> <!-- The "all" target is a shortcut for running the "clean" target followed by the "compile" target, to force a complete recompile. --> <target name="all" depends="clean,compile" description="Clean build and dist directories, then compile"/> <!-- ==================== Clean Target ==================================== --> <!-- The "clean" target deletes any previous "build" and "dist" directory, so that you can be ensured the application can be built from scratch. --> <target name="clean" description="Delete old build and dist directories"> <delete dir="${build.home}"/> <delete dir="${dist.home}"/> </target> <!-- ==================== Compile Target ================================== --> <!-- The "compile" target transforms source files (from your "src" directory) into object files in the appropriate location in the build directory. This example assumes that you will be including your classes in an unpacked directory hierarchy under "/WEB-INF/classes". --> <target name="compile" depends="prepare" description="Compile Java sources"> <!-- Compile Java classes as necessary --> <mkdir dir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/classes"/> <javac srcdir="${src.home}" destdir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/classes" debug="${compile.debug}" deprecation="${compile.deprecation}" optimize="${compile.optimize}"> <classpath refid="compile.classpath"/> </javac> <!-- Copy application resources --> <copy todir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/classes"> <fileset dir="${src.home}" excludes="**/*.java"/> </copy> </target> <!-- ==================== Dist Target ===================================== --> <!-- The "dist" target creates a binary distribution of your application in a directory structure ready to be archived in a tar.gz or zip file. Note that this target depends on two others: * "compile" so that the entire web application (including external dependencies) will have been assembled * "javadoc" so that the application Javadocs will have been created --> <target name="dist" depends="compile,javadoc" description="Create binary distribution"> <!-- Copy documentation subdirectories --> <mkdir dir="${dist.home}/docs"/> <copy todir="${dist.home}/docs"> <fileset dir="${docs.home}"/> </copy> <!-- Create application JAR file --> <jar jarfile="${dist.home}/${app.name}-${app.version}.war" basedir="${build.home}"/> <!-- Copy additional files to ${dist.home} as necessary --> </target> <!-- ==================== Install Target ================================== --> <!-- The "install" target tells the specified Tomcat 6 installation to dynamically install this web application and make it available for execution. It does *not* cause the existence of this web application to be remembered across Tomcat restarts; if you restart the server, you will need to re-install all this web application. If you have already installed this application, and simply want Tomcat to recognize that you have updated Java classes (or the web.xml file), use the "reload" target instead. NOTE: This target will only succeed if it is run from the same server that Tomcat is running on. NOTE: This is the logical opposite of the "remove" target. --> <target name="install" depends="compile" description="Install application to servlet container"> <deploy url="${manager.url}" username="${manager.username}" password="${manager.password}" path="${app.path}" localWar="file://${build.home}"/> </target> <!-- ==================== Javadoc Target ================================== --> <!-- The "javadoc" target creates Javadoc API documentation for the Java classes included in your application. Normally, this is only required when preparing a distribution release, but is available as a separate target in case the developer wants to create Javadocs independently. --> <target name="javadoc" depends="compile" description="Create Javadoc API documentation"> <mkdir dir="${dist.home}/docs/api"/> <javadoc sourcepath="${src.home}" destdir="${dist.home}/docs/api" packagenames="*"> <classpath refid="compile.classpath"/> </javadoc> </target> <!-- ====================== List Target =================================== --> <!-- The "list" target asks the specified Tomcat 6 installation to list the currently running web applications, either loaded at startup time or installed dynamically. It is useful to determine whether or not the application you are currently developing has been installed. --> <target name="list" description="List installed applications on servlet container"> <list url="${manager.url}" username="${manager.username}" password="${manager.password}"/> </target> <!-- ==================== Prepare Target ================================== --> <!-- The "prepare" target is used to create the "build" destination directory, and copy the static contents of your web application to it. If you need to copy static files from external dependencies, you can customize the contents of this task. Normally, this task is executed indirectly when needed. --> <target name="prepare"> <!-- Create build directories as needed --> <mkdir dir="${build.home}"/> <mkdir dir="${build.home}/WEB-INF"/> <mkdir dir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/classes"/> <!-- Copy static content of this web application --> <copy todir="${build.home}"> <fileset dir="${web.home}"/> </copy> <!-- Copy external dependencies as required --> <!-- *** CUSTOMIZE HERE AS REQUIRED BY YOUR APPLICATION *** --> <mkdir dir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/lib"/> <!-- <copy todir="${build.home}/WEB-INF/lib" file="${foo.jar}"/> --> <!-- Copy static files from external dependencies as needed --> <!-- *** CUSTOMIZE HERE AS REQUIRED BY YOUR APPLICATION *** --> </target> <!-- ==================== Reload Target =================================== --> <!-- The "reload" signals the specified application Tomcat 6 to shut itself down and reload. This can be useful when the web application context is not reloadable and you have updated classes or property files in the /WEB-INF/classes directory or when you have added or updated jar files in the /WEB-INF/lib directory. NOTE: The /WEB-INF/web.xml web application configuration file is not reread on a reload. If you have made changes to your web.xml file you must stop then start the web application. --> <target name="reload" depends="compile" description="Reload application on servlet container"> <reload url="${manager.url}" username="${manager.username}" password="${manager.password}" path="${app.path}"/> </target> <!-- ==================== Remove Target =================================== --> <!-- The "remove" target tells the specified Tomcat 6 installation to dynamically remove this web application from service. NOTE: This is the logical opposite of the "install" target. --> <target name="remove" description="Remove application on servlet container"> <undeploy url="${manager.url}" username="${manager.username}" password="${manager.password}" path="${app.path}"/> </target> </project>

    Read the article

  • Python script is exiting with no output and I have no idea why

    - by Adam Tuttle
    I'm attempting to debug a Subversion post-commit hook that calls some python scripts. What I've been able to determine so far is that when I run post-commit.bat manually (I've created a wrapper for it to make it easier) everything succeeds, but when SVN runs it one particular step doesn't work. We're using CollabNet SVNServe, which I know from the documentation removes all environment variables. This had caused some problems earlier, but shouldn't be an issue now. Before Subversion calls a hook script, it removes all variables - including $PATH on Unix, and %PATH% on Windows - from the environment. Therefore, your script can only run another program if you spell out that program's absolute name. The relevant portion of post-commit.bat is: echo -------------------------- >> c:\svn-repos\company\hooks\svn2ftp.out.log set SITENAME=staging set SVNPATH=branches/staging/wwwroot/ "C:\Python3\python.exe" C:\svn-repos\company\hooks\svn2ftp.py ^ --svnUser="svnusername" ^ --svnPass="svnpassword" ^ --ftp-user=ftpuser ^ --ftp-password=ftppassword ^ --ftp-remote-dir=/ ^ --access-url=svn://10.0.100.6/company ^ --status-file="C:\svn-repos\company\hooks\svn2ftp-%SITENAME%.dat" ^ --project-directory=%SVNPATH% "staging.company.com" %1 %2 >> c:\svn-repos\company\hooks\svn2ftp.out.log echo -------------------------- >> c:\svn-repos\company\hooks\svn2ftp.out.log When I run post-commit.bat manually, for example: post-commit c:\svn-repos\company 12345, I see output like the following in svn2ftp.out.log: -------------------------- args1: c:\svn-repos\company args0: staging.company.com abspath: c:\svn-repos\company project_dir: branches/staging/wwwroot/ local_repos_path: c:\svn-repos\company getting youngest revision... done, up-to-date -------------------------- However, when I commit something to the repo and it runs automatically, the output is: -------------------------- -------------------------- svn2ftp.py is a bit long, so I apologize but here goes. I'll have some notes/disclaimers about its contents below it. #!/usr/bin/env python """Usage: svn2ftp.py [OPTION...] FTP-HOST REPOS-PATH Upload to FTP-HOST changes committed to the Subversion repository at REPOS-PATH. Uses svn diff --summarize to only propagate the changed files Options: -?, --help Show this help message. -u, --ftp-user=USER The username for the FTP server. Default: 'anonymous' -p, --ftp-password=P The password for the FTP server. Default: '@' -P, --ftp-port=X Port number for the FTP server. Default: 21 -r, --ftp-remote-dir=DIR The remote directory that is expected to resemble the repository project directory -a, --access-url=URL This is the URL that should be used when trying to SVN export files so that they can be uploaded to the FTP server -s, --status-file=PATH Required. This script needs to store the last successful revision that was transferred to the server. PATH is the location of this file. -d, --project-directory=DIR If the project you are interested in sending to the FTP server is not under the root of the repository (/), set this parameter. Example: -d 'project1/trunk/' This should NOT start with a '/'. 2008.5.2 CKS Fixed possible Windows-related bug with tempfile, where the script didn't have permission to write to the tempfile. Replaced this with a open()-created file created in the CWD. 2008.5.13 CKS Added error logging. Added exception for file-not-found errors when deleting files. 2008.5.14 CKS Change file open to 'rb' mode, to prevent Python's universal newline support from stripping CR characters, causing later comparisons between FTP and SVN to report changes. """ try: import sys, os import logging logging.basicConfig( level=logging.DEBUG, format='%(asctime)s %(levelname)s %(message)s', filename='svn2ftp.debug.log', filemode='a' ) console = logging.StreamHandler() console.setLevel(logging.ERROR) logging.getLogger('').addHandler(console) import getopt, tempfile, smtplib, traceback, subprocess from io import StringIO import pysvn import ftplib import inspect except Exception as e: logging.error(e) #capture the location of the error frame = inspect.currentframe() stack_trace = traceback.format_stack(frame) logging.debug(stack_trace) print(stack_trace) #end capture sys.exit(1) #defaults host = "" user = "anonymous" password = "@" port = 21 repo_path = "" local_repos_path = "" status_file = "" project_directory = "" remote_base_directory = "" toAddrs = "[email protected]" youngest_revision = "" def email(toAddrs, message, subject, fromAddr='[email protected]'): headers = "From: %s\r\nTo: %s\r\nSubject: %s\r\n\r\n" % (fromAddr, toAddrs, subject) message = headers + message logging.info('sending email to %s...' % toAddrs) server = smtplib.SMTP('smtp.company.com') server.set_debuglevel(1) server.sendmail(fromAddr, toAddrs, message) server.quit() logging.info('email sent') def captureErrorMessage(e): sout = StringIO() traceback.print_exc(file=sout) errorMessage = '\n'+('*'*80)+('\n%s'%e)+('\n%s\n'%sout.getvalue())+('*'*80) return errorMessage def usage_and_exit(errmsg): """Print a usage message, plus an ERRMSG (if provided), then exit. If ERRMSG is provided, the usage message is printed to stderr and the script exits with a non-zero error code. Otherwise, the usage message goes to stdout, and the script exits with a zero errorcode.""" if errmsg is None: stream = sys.stdout else: stream = sys.stderr print(__doc__, file=stream) if errmsg: print("\nError: %s" % (errmsg), file=stream) sys.exit(2) sys.exit(0) def read_args(): global host global user global password global port global repo_path global local_repos_path global status_file global project_directory global remote_base_directory global youngest_revision try: opts, args = getopt.gnu_getopt(sys.argv[1:], "?u:p:P:r:a:s:d:SU:SP:", ["help", "ftp-user=", "ftp-password=", "ftp-port=", "ftp-remote-dir=", "access-url=", "status-file=", "project-directory=", "svnUser=", "svnPass=" ]) except getopt.GetoptError as msg: usage_and_exit(msg) for opt, arg in opts: if opt in ("-?", "--help"): usage_and_exit() elif opt in ("-u", "--ftp-user"): user = arg elif opt in ("-p", "--ftp-password"): password = arg elif opt in ("-SU", "--svnUser"): svnUser = arg elif opt in ("-SP", "--svnPass"): svnPass = arg elif opt in ("-P", "--ftp-port"): try: port = int(arg) except ValueError as msg: usage_and_exit("Invalid value '%s' for --ftp-port." % (arg)) if port < 1 or port > 65535: usage_and_exit("Value for --ftp-port must be a positive integer less than 65536.") elif opt in ("-r", "--ftp-remote-dir"): remote_base_directory = arg elif opt in ("-a", "--access-url"): repo_path = arg elif opt in ("-s", "--status-file"): status_file = os.path.abspath(arg) elif opt in ("-d", "--project-directory"): project_directory = arg if len(args) != 3: print(str(args)) usage_and_exit("host and/or local_repos_path not specified (" + len(args) + ")") host = args[0] print("args1: " + args[1]) print("args0: " + args[0]) print("abspath: " + os.path.abspath(args[1])) local_repos_path = os.path.abspath(args[1]) print('project_dir:',project_directory) youngest_revision = int(args[2]) if status_file == "" : usage_and_exit("No status file specified") def main(): global host global user global password global port global repo_path global local_repos_path global status_file global project_directory global remote_base_directory global youngest_revision read_args() #repository,fs_ptr #get youngest revision print("local_repos_path: " + local_repos_path) print('getting youngest revision...') #youngest_revision = fs.youngest_rev(fs_ptr) assert youngest_revision, "Unable to lookup youngest revision." last_sent_revision = get_last_revision() if youngest_revision == last_sent_revision: # no need to continue. we should be up to date. print('done, up-to-date') return if last_sent_revision or youngest_revision < 10: # Only compare revisions if the DAT file contains a valid # revision number. Otherwise we risk waiting forever while # we parse and uploading every revision in the repo in the case # where a repository is retroactively configured to sync with ftp. pysvn_client = pysvn.Client() pysvn_client.callback_get_login = get_login rev1 = pysvn.Revision(pysvn.opt_revision_kind.number, last_sent_revision) rev2 = pysvn.Revision(pysvn.opt_revision_kind.number, youngest_revision) summary = pysvn_client.diff_summarize(repo_path, rev1, repo_path, rev2, True, False) print('summary len:',len(summary)) if len(summary) > 0 : print('connecting to %s...' % host) ftp = FTPClient(host, user, password) print('connected to %s' % host) ftp.base_path = remote_base_directory print('set remote base directory to %s' % remote_base_directory) #iterate through all the differences between revisions for change in summary : #determine whether the path of the change is relevant to the path that is being sent, and modify the path as appropriate. print('change path:',change.path) ftp_relative_path = apply_basedir(change.path) print('ftp rel path:',ftp_relative_path) #only try to sync path if the path is in our project_directory if ftp_relative_path != "" : is_file = (change.node_kind == pysvn.node_kind.file) if str(change.summarize_kind) == "delete" : print("deleting: " + ftp_relative_path) try: ftp.delete_path("/" + ftp_relative_path, is_file) except ftplib.error_perm as e: if 'cannot find the' in str(e) or 'not found' in str(e): # Log, but otherwise ignore path-not-found errors # when deleting, since it's not a disaster if the file # we want to delete is already gone. logging.error(captureErrorMessage(e)) else: raise elif str(change.summarize_kind) == "added" or str(change.summarize_kind) == "modified" : local_file = "" if is_file : local_file = svn_export_temp(pysvn_client, repo_path, rev2, change.path) print("uploading file: " + ftp_relative_path) ftp.upload_path("/" + ftp_relative_path, is_file, local_file) if is_file : os.remove(local_file) elif str(change.summarize_kind) == "normal" : print("skipping 'normal' element: " + ftp_relative_path) else : raise str("Unknown change summarize kind: " + str(change.summarize_kind) + ", path: " + ftp_relative_path) ftp.close() #write back the last revision that was synced print("writing last revision: " + str(youngest_revision)) set_last_revision(youngest_revision) # todo: undo def get_login(a,b,c,d): #arguments don't matter, we're always going to return the same thing try: return True, "svnUsername", "svnPassword", True except Exception as e: logging.error(e) #capture the location of the error frame = inspect.currentframe() stack_trace = traceback.format_stack(frame) logging.debug(stack_trace) #end capture sys.exit(1) #functions for persisting the last successfully synced revision def get_last_revision(): if os.path.isfile(status_file) : f=open(status_file, 'r') line = f.readline() f.close() try: i = int(line) except ValueError: i = 0 else: i = 0 f = open(status_file, 'w') f.write(str(i)) f.close() return i def set_last_revision(rev) : f = open(status_file, 'w') f.write(str(rev)) f.close() #augmented ftp client class that can work off a base directory class FTPClient(ftplib.FTP) : def __init__(self, host, username, password) : self.base_path = "" self.current_path = "" ftplib.FTP.__init__(self, host, username, password) def cwd(self, path) : debug_path = path if self.current_path == "" : self.current_path = self.pwd() print("pwd: " + self.current_path) if not os.path.isabs(path) : debug_path = self.base_path + "<" + path path = os.path.join(self.current_path, path) elif self.base_path != "" : debug_path = self.base_path + ">" + path.lstrip("/") path = os.path.join(self.base_path, path.lstrip("/")) path = os.path.normpath(path) #by this point the path should be absolute. if path != self.current_path : print("change from " + self.current_path + " to " + debug_path) ftplib.FTP.cwd(self, path) self.current_path = path else : print("staying put : " + self.current_path) def cd_or_create(self, path) : assert os.path.isabs(path), "absolute path expected (" + path + ")" try: self.cwd(path) except ftplib.error_perm as e: for folder in path.split('/'): if folder == "" : self.cwd("/") continue try: self.cwd(folder) except: print("mkd: (" + path + "):" + folder) self.mkd(folder) self.cwd(folder) def upload_path(self, path, is_file, local_path) : if is_file: (path, filename) = os.path.split(path) self.cd_or_create(path) # Use read-binary to avoid universal newline support from stripping CR characters. f = open(local_path, 'rb') self.storbinary("STOR " + filename, f) f.close() else: self.cd_or_create(path) def delete_path(self, path, is_file) : (path, filename) = os.path.split(path) print("trying to delete: " + path + ", " + filename) self.cwd(path) try: if is_file : self.delete(filename) else: self.delete_path_recursive(filename) except ftplib.error_perm as e: if 'The system cannot find the' in str(e) or '550 File not found' in str(e): # Log, but otherwise ignore path-not-found errors # when deleting, since it's not a disaster if the file # we want to delete is already gone. logging.error(captureErrorMessage(e)) else: raise def delete_path_recursive(self, path): if path == "/" : raise "WARNING: trying to delete '/'!" for node in self.nlst(path) : if node == path : #it's a file. delete and return self.delete(path) return if node != "." and node != ".." : self.delete_path_recursive(os.path.join(path, node)) try: self.rmd(path) except ftplib.error_perm as msg : sys.stderr.write("Error deleting directory " + os.path.join(self.current_path, path) + " : " + str(msg)) # apply the project_directory setting def apply_basedir(path) : #remove any leading stuff (in this case, "trunk/") and decide whether file should be propagated if not path.startswith(project_directory) : return "" return path.replace(project_directory, "", 1) def svn_export_temp(pysvn_client, base_path, rev, path) : # Causes access denied error. Couldn't deduce Windows-perm issue. # It's possible Python isn't garbage-collecting the open file-handle in time for pysvn to re-open it. # Regardless, just generating a simple filename seems to work. #(fd, dest_path) = tempfile.mkstemp() dest_path = tmpName = '%s.tmp' % __file__ exportPath = os.path.join(base_path, path).replace('\\','/') print('exporting %s to %s' % (exportPath, dest_path)) pysvn_client.export( exportPath, dest_path, force=False, revision=rev, native_eol=None, ignore_externals=False, recurse=True, peg_revision=rev ) return dest_path if __name__ == "__main__": logging.info('svnftp.start') try: main() logging.info('svnftp.done') except Exception as e: # capture the location of the error for debug purposes frame = inspect.currentframe() stack_trace = traceback.format_stack(frame) logging.debug(stack_trace[:-1]) print(stack_trace) # end capture error_text = '\nFATAL EXCEPTION!!!\n'+captureErrorMessage(e) subject = "ALERT: SVN2FTP Error" message = """An Error occurred while trying to FTP an SVN commit. repo_path = %(repo_path)s\n local_repos_path = %(local_repos_path)s\n project_directory = %(project_directory)s\n remote_base_directory = %(remote_base_directory)s\n error_text = %(error_text)s """ % globals() email(toAddrs, message, subject) logging.error(e) Notes/Disclaimers: I have basically no python training so I'm learning as I go and spending lots of time reading docs to figure stuff out. The body of get_login is in a try block because I was getting strange errors saying there was an unhandled exception in callback_get_login. Never figured out why, but it seems fine now. Let sleeping dogs lie, right? The username and password for get_login are currently hard-coded (but correct) just to eliminate variables and try to change as little as possible at once. (I added the svnuser and svnpass arguments to the existing argument parsing.) So that's where I am. I can't figure out why on earth it's not printing anything into svn2ftp.out.log. If you're wondering, the output for one of these failed attempts in svn2ftp.debug.log is: 2012-09-06 15:18:12,496 INFO svnftp.start 2012-09-06 15:18:12,496 INFO svnftp.done And it's no different on a successful run. So there's nothing useful being logged. I'm lost. I've gone way down the rabbit hole on this one, and don't know where to go from here. Any ideas?

    Read the article

  • Blackberry Player, custom data source

    - by Alex
    Hello I must create a custom media player within the application with support for mp3 and wav files. I read in the documentation i cant seek or get the media file duration without a custom datasoruce. I checked the demo in the JDE 4.6 but i have still problems... I cant get the duration, it return much more then the expected so i`m sure i screwed up something while i modified the code to read the mp3 file locally from the filesystem. Somebody can help me what i did wrong ? (I can hear the mp3, so the player plays it correctly from start to end) I must support OSs = 4.6. Thank You Here is my modified datasource LimitedRateStreaminSource.java * Copyright © 1998-2009 Research In Motion Ltd. Note: For the sake of simplicity, this sample application may not leverage resource bundles and resource strings. However, it is STRONGLY recommended that application developers make use of the localization features available within the BlackBerry development platform to ensure a seamless application experience across a variety of languages and geographies. For more information on localizing your application, please refer to the BlackBerry Java Development Environment Development Guide associated with this release. */ package com.halcyon.tawkwidget.model; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import javax.microedition.io.Connector; import javax.microedition.io.file.FileConnection; import javax.microedition.media.Control; import javax.microedition.media.protocol.ContentDescriptor; import javax.microedition.media.protocol.DataSource; import javax.microedition.media.protocol.SourceStream; import net.rim.device.api.io.SharedInputStream; /** * The data source used by the BufferedPlayback's media player. / public final class LimitedRateStreamingSource extends DataSource { /* The max size to be read from the stream at one time. */ private static final int READ_CHUNK = 512; // bytes /** A reference to the field which displays the load status. */ //private TextField _loadStatusField; /** A reference to the field which displays the player status. */ //private TextField _playStatusField; /** * The minimum number of bytes that must be buffered before the media file * will begin playing. */ private int _startBuffer = 200000; /** The maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. */ private int _readLimit = 32000; /** * The minimum forward byte buffer which must be maintained in order for * the video to keep playing. If the forward buffer falls below this * number, the playback will pause until the buffer increases. */ private int _pauseBytes = 64000; /** * The minimum forward byte buffer required to resume * playback after a pause. */ private int _resumeBytes = 128000; /** The stream connection over which media content is passed. */ //private ContentConnection _contentConnection; private FileConnection _fileConnection; /** An input stream shared between several readers. */ private SharedInputStream _readAhead; /** A stream to the buffered resource. */ private LimitedRateSourceStream _feedToPlayer; /** The MIME type of the remote media file. */ private String _forcedContentType; /** A counter for the total number of buffered bytes */ private volatile int _totalRead; /** A flag used to tell the connection thread to stop */ private volatile boolean _stop; /** * A flag used to indicate that the initial buffering is complete. In * other words, that the current buffer is larger than the defined start * buffer size. */ private volatile boolean _bufferingComplete; /** A flag used to indicate that the remote file download is complete. */ private volatile boolean _downloadComplete; /** The thread which retrieves the remote media file. */ private ConnectionThread _loaderThread; /** The local save file into which the remote file is written. */ private FileConnection _saveFile; /** A stream for the local save file. */ private OutputStream _saveStream; /** * Constructor. * @param locator The locator that describes the DataSource. */ public LimitedRateStreamingSource(String locator) { super(locator); } /** * Open a connection to the locator. * @throws IOException */ public void connect() throws IOException { //Open the connection to the remote file. _fileConnection = (FileConnection)Connector.open(getLocator(), Connector.READ); //Cache a reference to the locator. String locator = getLocator(); //Report status. System.out.println("Loading: " + locator); //System.out.println("Size: " + _contentConnection.getLength()); System.out.println("Size: " + _fileConnection.totalSize()); //The name of the remote file begins after the last forward slash. int filenameStart = locator.lastIndexOf('/'); //The file name ends at the first instance of a semicolon. int paramStart = locator.indexOf(';'); //If there is no semicolon, the file name ends at the end of the line. if (paramStart < 0) { paramStart = locator.length(); } //Extract the file name. String filename = locator.substring(filenameStart, paramStart); System.out.println("Filename: " + filename); //Open a local save file with the same name as the remote file. _saveFile = (FileConnection) Connector.open("file:///SDCard/blackberry/music" + filename, Connector.READ_WRITE); //If the file doesn't already exist, create it. if (!_saveFile.exists()) { _saveFile.create(); } System.out.println("---------- 1"); //Open the file for writing. _saveFile.setReadable(true); //Open a shared input stream to the local save file to //allow many simultaneous readers. SharedInputStream fileStream = SharedInputStream.getSharedInputStream(_saveFile.openInputStream()); //Begin reading at the beginning of the file. fileStream.setCurrentPosition(0); System.out.println("---------- 2"); //If the local file is smaller than the remote file... if (_saveFile.fileSize() < _fileConnection.totalSize()) { System.out.println("---------- 3"); //Did not get the entire file, set the system to try again. _saveFile.setWritable(true); System.out.println("---------- 4"); //A non-null save stream is used as a flag later to indicate that //the file download was incomplete. _saveStream = _saveFile.openOutputStream(); System.out.println("---------- 5"); //Use a new shared input stream for buffered reading. _readAhead = SharedInputStream.getSharedInputStream(_fileConnection.openInputStream()); System.out.println("---------- 6"); } else { //The download is complete. System.out.println("---------- 7"); _downloadComplete = true; //We can use the initial input stream to read the buffered media. _readAhead = fileStream; System.out.println("---------- 8"); //We can close the remote connection. _fileConnection.close(); System.out.println("---------- 9"); } if (_forcedContentType != null) { //Use the user-defined content type if it is set. System.out.println("---------- 10"); _feedToPlayer = new LimitedRateSourceStream(_readAhead, _forcedContentType); System.out.println("---------- 11"); } else { System.out.println("---------- 12"); //Otherwise, use the MIME types of the remote file. // _feedToPlayer = new LimitedRateSourceStream(_readAhead, _fileConnection)); } System.out.println("---------- 13"); } /** * Destroy and close all existing connections. */ public void disconnect() { try { if (_saveStream != null) { //Destroy the stream to the local save file. _saveStream.close(); _saveStream = null; } //Close the local save file. _saveFile.close(); if (_readAhead != null) { //Close the reader stream. _readAhead.close(); _readAhead = null; } //Close the remote file connection. _fileConnection.close(); //Close the stream to the player. _feedToPlayer.close(); } catch (Exception e) { System.err.println(e.getMessage()); } } /** * Returns the content type of the remote file. * @return The content type of the remote file. */ public String getContentType() { return _feedToPlayer.getContentDescriptor().getContentType(); } /** * Returns a stream to the buffered resource. * @return A stream to the buffered resource. */ public SourceStream[] getStreams() { return new SourceStream[] { _feedToPlayer }; } /** * Starts the connection thread used to download the remote file. */ public void start() throws IOException { //If the save stream is null, we have already completely downloaded //the file. if (_saveStream != null) { //Open the connection thread to finish downloading the file. _loaderThread = new ConnectionThread(); _loaderThread.start(); } } /** * Stop the connection thread. */ public void stop() throws IOException { //Set the boolean flag to stop the thread. _stop = true; } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.Controllable#getControl(String) */ public Control getControl(String controlType) { // No implemented Controls. return null; } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.Controllable#getControls() */ public Control[] getControls() { // No implemented Controls. return null; } /** * Force the lower level stream to a given content type. Must be called * before the connect function in order to work. * @param contentType The content type to use. */ public void setContentType(String contentType) { _forcedContentType = contentType; } /** * A stream to the buffered media resource. */ private final class LimitedRateSourceStream implements SourceStream { /** A stream to the local copy of the remote resource. */ private SharedInputStream _baseSharedStream; /** Describes the content type of the media file. */ private ContentDescriptor _contentDescriptor; /** * Constructor. Creates a LimitedRateSourceStream from * the given InputStream. * @param inputStream The input stream used to create a new reader. * @param contentType The content type of the remote file. */ LimitedRateSourceStream(InputStream inputStream, String contentType) { System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 1"); _baseSharedStream = SharedInputStream.getSharedInputStream(inputStream); System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 2"); _contentDescriptor = new ContentDescriptor(contentType); System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 3"); } /** * Returns the content descriptor for this stream. * @return The content descriptor for this stream. */ public ContentDescriptor getContentDescriptor() { return _contentDescriptor; } /** * Returns the length provided by the connection. * @return long The length provided by the connection. */ public long getContentLength() { return _fileConnection.totalSize(); } /** * Returns the seek type of the stream. */ public int getSeekType() { return RANDOM_ACCESSIBLE; //return SEEKABLE_TO_START; } /** * Returns the maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. */ public int getTransferSize() { return _readLimit; } /** * Writes bytes from the buffer into a byte array for playback. * @param bytes The buffer into which the data is read. * @param off The start offset in array b at which the data is written. * @param len The maximum number of bytes to read. * @return the total number of bytes read into the buffer, or -1 if * there is no more data because the end of the stream has been reached. * @throws IOException */ public int read(byte[] bytes, int off, int len) throws IOException { System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 5"); System.out.println("Read Request for: " + len + " bytes"); //Limit bytes read to our readLimit. int readLength = len; System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 6"); if (readLength > getReadLimit()) { readLength = getReadLimit(); } //The number of available byes in the buffer. int available; //A boolean flag indicating that the thread should pause //until the buffer has increased sufficiently. boolean paused = false; System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 7"); for (;;) { available = _baseSharedStream.available(); System.out.println("[LimitedRateSoruceStream]---------- 8"); if (_downloadComplete) { //Ignore all restrictions if downloading is complete. System.out.println("Complete, Reading: " + len + " - Available: " + available); return _baseSharedStream.read(bytes, off, len); } else if(_bufferingComplete) { if (paused && available > getResumeBytes()) { //If the video is paused due to buffering, but the //number of available byes is sufficiently high, //resume playback of the media. System.out.println("Resuming - Available: " + available); paused = false; return _baseSharedStream.read(bytes, off, readLength); } else if(!paused && (available > getPauseBytes() || available > readLength)) { //We have enough information for this media playback. if (available < getPauseBytes()) { //If the buffer is now insufficient, set the //pause flag. paused = true; } System.out.println("Reading: " + readLength + " - Available: " + available); return _baseSharedStream.read(bytes, off, readLength); } else if(!paused) { //Set pause until loaded enough to resume. paused = true; } } else { //We are not ready to start yet, try sleeping to allow the //buffer to increase. try { Thread.sleep(500); } catch (Exception e) { System.err.println(e.getMessage()); } } } } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.protocol.SourceStream#seek(long) */ public long seek(long where) throws IOException { _baseSharedStream.setCurrentPosition((int) where); return _baseSharedStream.getCurrentPosition(); } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.protocol.SourceStream#tell() */ public long tell() { return _baseSharedStream.getCurrentPosition(); } /** * Close the stream. * @throws IOException */ void close() throws IOException { _baseSharedStream.close(); } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.Controllable#getControl(String) */ public Control getControl(String controlType) { // No implemented controls. return null; } /** * @see javax.microedition.media.Controllable#getControls() */ public Control[] getControls() { // No implemented controls. return null; } } /** * A thread which downloads the remote file and writes it to the local file. */ private final class ConnectionThread extends Thread { /** * Download the remote media file, then write it to the local * file. * @see java.lang.Thread#run() */ public void run() { try { byte[] data = new byte[READ_CHUNK]; int len = 0; //Until we reach the end of the file. while (-1 != (len = _readAhead.read(data))) { _totalRead += len; if (!_bufferingComplete && _totalRead > getStartBuffer()) { //We have enough of a buffer to begin playback. _bufferingComplete = true; System.out.println("Initial Buffering Complete"); } if (_stop) { //Stop reading. return; } } System.out.println("Downloading Complete"); System.out.println("Total Read: " + _totalRead); //If the downloaded data is not the same size //as the remote file, something is wrong. if (_totalRead != _fileConnection.totalSize()) { System.err.println("* Unable to Download entire file *"); } _downloadComplete = true; _readAhead.setCurrentPosition(0); //Write downloaded data to the local file. while (-1 != (len = _readAhead.read(data))) { _saveStream.write(data); } } catch (Exception e) { System.err.println(e.toString()); } } } /** * Gets the minimum forward byte buffer which must be maintained in * order for the video to keep playing. * @return The pause byte buffer. */ int getPauseBytes() { return _pauseBytes; } /** * Sets the minimum forward buffer which must be maintained in order * for the video to keep playing. * @param pauseBytes The new pause byte buffer. */ void setPauseBytes(int pauseBytes) { _pauseBytes = pauseBytes; } /** * Gets the maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. * @return The maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. */ int getReadLimit() { return _readLimit; } /** * Sets the maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. * @param readLimit The new maximum size (in bytes) of a single read. */ void setReadLimit(int readLimit) { _readLimit = readLimit; } /** * Gets the minimum forward byte buffer required to resume * playback after a pause. * @return The resume byte buffer. */ int getResumeBytes() { return _resumeBytes; } /** * Sets the minimum forward byte buffer required to resume * playback after a pause. * @param resumeBytes The new resume byte buffer. */ void setResumeBytes(int resumeBytes) { _resumeBytes = resumeBytes; } /** * Gets the minimum number of bytes that must be buffered before the * media file will begin playing. * @return The start byte buffer. */ int getStartBuffer() { return _startBuffer; } /** * Sets the minimum number of bytes that must be buffered before the * media file will begin playing. * @param startBuffer The new start byte buffer. */ void setStartBuffer(int startBuffer) { _startBuffer = startBuffer; } } And in this way i use it: LimitedRateStreamingSource source = new LimitedRateStreamingSource("file:///SDCard/music3.mp3"); source.setContentType("audio/mpeg"); mediaPlayer = javax.microedition.media.Manager.createPlayer(source); mediaPlayer.addPlayerListener(this); mediaPlayer.realize(); mediaPlayer.prefetch(); After start i use mediaPlayer.getDuration it returns lets say around 24:22 (the inbuild media player in the blackberry say the file length is 4:05) I tried to get the duration in the listener and there unfortunatly returned around 64 minutes, so im sure something is not good inside the datasoruce....

    Read the article

  • How to edit item in a listbox shown from reading a .csv file?

    - by Shuvo
    I am working in a project where my application can open a .csv file and read data from it. The .csv file contains the latitude, longitude of places. The application reads data from the file shows it in a static map and display icon on the right places. The application can open multiple file at a time and it opens with a new tab every time. But I am having trouble in couple of cases When I am trying to add a new point to the .csv file opened. I am able to write new point on the same file instead adding a new point data to the existing its replacing others and writing the new point only. I cannot use selectedIndexChange event to perform edit option on the listbox and then save the file. Any direction would be great. using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.ComponentModel; using System.Data; using System.Drawing; using System.Linq; using System.Text; using System.Windows.Forms; using System.IO; namespace CourseworkExample { public partial class Form1 : Form { public GPSDataPoint gpsdp; List<GPSDataPoint> data; List<PictureBox> pictures; List<TabPage> tabs; public static int pn = 0; private TabPage currentComponent; private Bitmap bmp1; string[] symbols = { "hospital", "university" }; Image[] symbolImages; ListBox lb = new ListBox(); string name = ""; string path = ""; public Form1() { InitializeComponent(); data = new List<GPSDataPoint>(); pictures = new List<PictureBox>(); tabs = new List<TabPage>(); symbolImages = new Image[symbols.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) { string location = "data/" + symbols[i] + ".png"; symbolImages[i] = Image.FromFile(location); } } private void openToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { FileDialog ofd = new OpenFileDialog(); string filter = "CSV File (*.csv)|*.csv"; ofd.Filter = filter; DialogResult dr = ofd.ShowDialog(); if (dr.Equals(DialogResult.OK)) { int i = ofd.FileName.LastIndexOf("\\"); name = ofd.FileName; path = ofd.FileName; if (i > 0) { name = ofd.FileName.Substring(i + 1); path = ofd.FileName.Substring(0, i + 1); } TextReader input = new StreamReader(ofd.FileName); string mapName = input.ReadLine(); GPSDataPoint gpsD = new GPSDataPoint(); gpsD.setBounds(input.ReadLine()); string s; while ((s = input.ReadLine()) != null) { gpsD.addWaypoint(s); } input.Close(); TabPage tabPage = new TabPage(); tabPage.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(4, 22); tabPage.Name = "tabPage" + pn; lb.Width = 300; int selectedindex = lb.SelectedIndex; lb.Items.Add(mapName); lb.Items.Add("Bounds"); lb.Items.Add(gpsD.Bounds[0] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[1] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[2] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[3]); lb.Items.Add("Waypoint"); foreach (WayPoint wp in gpsD.DataList) { lb.Items.Add(wp.Name + " " + wp.Latitude + " " + wp.Longitude + " " + wp.Ele + " " + wp.Sym); } tabPage.Controls.Add(lb); pn++; tabPage.Padding = new System.Windows.Forms.Padding(3); tabPage.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 74); tabPage.TabIndex = 0; tabPage.Text = name; tabPage.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; tabs.Add(tabPage); tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage); tabPage = new TabPage(); tabPage.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(4, 22); tabPage.Name = "tabPage" + pn; pn++; tabPage.Padding = new System.Windows.Forms.Padding(3); tabPage.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 74); tabPage.TabIndex = 0; tabPage.Text = mapName; string location = path + mapName; tabPage.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; tabs.Add(tabPage); PictureBox pb = new PictureBox(); pb.Name = "pictureBox" + pn; pb.Image = Image.FromFile(location); tabControl2.Controls.Add(tabPage); pb.Width = pb.Image.Width; pb.Height = pb.Image.Height; tabPage.Controls.Add(pb); currentComponent = tabPage; tabPage.Width = pb.Width; tabPage.Height = pb.Height; pn++; tabControl2.Width = pb.Width; tabControl2.Height = pb.Height; bmp1 = (Bitmap)pb.Image; int lx, ly; float realWidth = gpsD.Bounds[1] - gpsD.Bounds[3]; float imageW = pb.Image.Width; float dx = imageW * (gpsD.Bounds[1] - gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Longitude) / realWidth; float realHeight = gpsD.Bounds[0] - gpsD.Bounds[2]; float imageH = pb.Image.Height; float dy = imageH * (gpsD.Bounds[0] - gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Latitude) / realHeight; lx = (int)dx; ly = (int)dy; using (Graphics g = Graphics.FromImage(bmp1)) { Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(lx, ly, 20, 20); if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("")) { g.DrawRectangle(new Pen(Color.Red), rect); } else { if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("hospital")) { g.DrawImage(symbolImages[0], rect); } else { if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("university")) { g.DrawImage(symbolImages[1], rect); } } } } pb.Image = bmp1; pb.Invalidate(); } } private void openToolStripMenuItem_Click_1(object sender, EventArgs e) { FileDialog ofd = new OpenFileDialog(); string filter = "CSV File (*.csv)|*.csv"; ofd.Filter = filter; DialogResult dr = ofd.ShowDialog(); if (dr.Equals(DialogResult.OK)) { int i = ofd.FileName.LastIndexOf("\\"); name = ofd.FileName; path = ofd.FileName; if (i > 0) { name = ofd.FileName.Substring(i + 1); path = ofd.FileName.Substring(0, i + 1); } TextReader input = new StreamReader(ofd.FileName); string mapName = input.ReadLine(); GPSDataPoint gpsD = new GPSDataPoint(); gpsD.setBounds(input.ReadLine()); string s; while ((s = input.ReadLine()) != null) { gpsD.addWaypoint(s); } input.Close(); TabPage tabPage = new TabPage(); tabPage.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(4, 22); tabPage.Name = "tabPage" + pn; ListBox lb = new ListBox(); lb.Width = 300; lb.Items.Add(mapName); lb.Items.Add("Bounds"); lb.Items.Add(gpsD.Bounds[0] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[1] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[2] + " " + gpsD.Bounds[3]); lb.Items.Add("Waypoint"); foreach (WayPoint wp in gpsD.DataList) { lb.Items.Add(wp.Name + " " + wp.Latitude + " " + wp.Longitude + " " + wp.Ele + " " + wp.Sym); } tabPage.Controls.Add(lb); pn++; tabPage.Padding = new System.Windows.Forms.Padding(3); tabPage.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 74); tabPage.TabIndex = 0; tabPage.Text = name; tabPage.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; tabs.Add(tabPage); tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage); tabPage = new TabPage(); tabPage.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(4, 22); tabPage.Name = "tabPage" + pn; pn++; tabPage.Padding = new System.Windows.Forms.Padding(3); tabPage.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 74); tabPage.TabIndex = 0; tabPage.Text = mapName; string location = path + mapName; tabPage.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; tabs.Add(tabPage); PictureBox pb = new PictureBox(); pb.Name = "pictureBox" + pn; pb.Image = Image.FromFile(location); tabControl2.Controls.Add(tabPage); pb.Width = pb.Image.Width; pb.Height = pb.Image.Height; tabPage.Controls.Add(pb); currentComponent = tabPage; tabPage.Width = pb.Width; tabPage.Height = pb.Height; pn++; tabControl2.Width = pb.Width; tabControl2.Height = pb.Height; bmp1 = (Bitmap)pb.Image; int lx, ly; float realWidth = gpsD.Bounds[1] - gpsD.Bounds[3]; float imageW = pb.Image.Width; float dx = imageW * (gpsD.Bounds[1] - gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Longitude) / realWidth; float realHeight = gpsD.Bounds[0] - gpsD.Bounds[2]; float imageH = pb.Image.Height; float dy = imageH * (gpsD.Bounds[0] - gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Latitude) / realHeight; lx = (int)dx; ly = (int)dy; using (Graphics g = Graphics.FromImage(bmp1)) { Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(lx, ly, 20, 20); if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("")) { g.DrawRectangle(new Pen(Color.Red), rect); } else { if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("hospital")) { g.DrawImage(symbolImages[0], rect); } else { if (gpsD.getWayPoint(0).Sym.Equals("university")) { g.DrawImage(symbolImages[1], rect); } } } } pb.Image = bmp1; pb.Invalidate(); MessageBox.Show(data.ToString()); } } private void exitToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { this.Close(); } private void addBtn_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { string wayName = nameTxtBox.Text; float wayLat = Convert.ToSingle(latTxtBox.Text); float wayLong = Convert.ToSingle(longTxtBox.Text); float wayEle = Convert.ToSingle(elevTxtBox.Text); WayPoint wp = new WayPoint(wayName, wayLat, wayLong, wayEle); GPSDataPoint gdp = new GPSDataPoint(); data = new List<GPSDataPoint>(); gdp.Add(wp); lb.Items.Add(wp.Name + " " + wp.Latitude + " " + wp.Longitude + " " + wp.Ele + " " + wp.Sym); lb.Refresh(); StreamWriter sr = new StreamWriter(name); sr.Write(lb); sr.Close(); DialogResult result = MessageBox.Show("Save in New File?","Save", MessageBoxButtons.YesNo); if (result == DialogResult.Yes) { SaveFileDialog saveDialog = new SaveFileDialog(); saveDialog.FileName = "default.csv"; DialogResult saveResult = saveDialog.ShowDialog(); if (saveResult == DialogResult.OK) { sr = new StreamWriter(saveDialog.FileName, true); sr.WriteLine(wayName + "," + wayLat + "," + wayLong + "," + wayEle); sr.Close(); } } else { // sr = new StreamWriter(name, true); // sr.WriteLine(wayName + "," + wayLat + "," + wayLong + "," + wayEle); sr.Close(); } MessageBox.Show(name + path); } } } GPSDataPoint.cs using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Text; using System.IO; namespace CourseworkExample { public class GPSDataPoint { private float[] bounds; private List<WayPoint> dataList; public GPSDataPoint() { dataList = new List<WayPoint>(); } internal void setBounds(string p) { string[] b = p.Split(','); bounds = new float[b.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < b.Length; i++) { bounds[i] = Convert.ToSingle(b[i]); } } public float[] Bounds { get { return bounds; } } internal void addWaypoint(string s) { WayPoint wp = new WayPoint(s); dataList.Add(wp); } public WayPoint getWayPoint(int i) { if (i < dataList.Count) { return dataList[i]; } else return null; } public List<WayPoint> DataList { get { return dataList; } } internal void Add(WayPoint wp) { dataList.Add(wp); } } } WayPoint.cs using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Text; namespace CourseworkExample { public class WayPoint { private string name; private float ele; private float latitude; private float longitude; private string sym; public WayPoint(string name, float latitude, float longitude, float elevation) { this.name = name; this.latitude = latitude; this.longitude = longitude; this.ele = elevation; } public WayPoint() { name = "no name"; ele = 3.5F; latitude = 3.5F; longitude = 0.0F; sym = "no symbol"; } public WayPoint(string s) { string[] bits = s.Split(','); name = bits[0]; longitude = Convert.ToSingle(bits[2]); latitude = Convert.ToSingle(bits[1]); if (bits.Length > 4) sym = bits[4]; else sym = ""; try { ele = Convert.ToSingle(bits[3]); } catch (Exception e) { ele = 0.0f; } } public float Longitude { get { return longitude; } set { longitude = value; } } public float Latitude { get { return latitude; } set { latitude = value; } } public float Ele { get { return ele; } set { ele = value; } } public string Name { get { return name; } set { name = value; } } public string Sym { get { return sym; } set { sym = value; } } } } .csv file data birthplace.png 51.483788,-0.351906,51.460745,-0.302982 Born Here,51.473805,-0.32532,-,hospital Danced here,51,483805,-0.32532,-,hospital

    Read the article

  • Very different I/O performance in C++ on Windows

    - by Mr.Gate
    Hi all, I'm a new user and my english is not so good so I hope to be clear. We're facing a performance problem using large files (1GB or more) expecially (as it seems) when you try to grow them in size. Anyway... to verify our sensations we tryed the following (on Win 7 64Bit, 4core, 8GB Ram, 32 bit code compiled with VC2008) a) Open an unexisting file. Write it from the beginning up to 1Gb in 1Mb slots. Now you have a 1Gb file. Now randomize 10000 positions within that file, seek to that position and write 50 bytes in each position, no matter what you write. Close the file and look at the results. Time to create the file is quite fast (about 0.3"), time to write 10000 times is fast all the same (about 0.03"). Very good, this is the beginnig. Now try something else... b) Open an unexisting file, seek to 1Gb-1byte and write just 1 byte. Now you have another 1Gb file. Follow the next steps exactly same way of case 'a', close the file and look at the results. Time to create the file is the faster you can imagine (about 0.00009") but write time is something you can't believe.... about 90"!!!!! b.1) Open an unexisting file, don't write any byte. Act as before, ramdomizing, seeking and writing, close the file and look at the result. Time to write is long all the same: about 90"!!!!! Ok... this is quite amazing. But there's more! c) Open again the file you crated in case 'a', don't truncate it... randomize again 10000 positions and act as before. You're fast as before, about 0,03" to write 10000 times. This sounds Ok... try another step. d) Now open the file you created in case 'b', don't truncate it... randomize again 10000 positions and act as before. You're slow again and again, but the time is reduced to... 45"!! Maybe, trying again, the time will reduce. I actually wonder why... Any Idea? The following is part of the code I used to test what I told in previuos cases (you'll have to change someting in order to have a clean compilation, I just cut & paste from some source code, sorry). The sample can read and write, in random, ordered or reverse ordered mode, but write only in random order is the clearest test. We tryed using std::fstream but also using directly CreateFile(), WriteFile() and so on the results are the same (even if std::fstream is actually a little slower). Parameters for case 'a' = -f_tempdir_\casea.dat -n10000 -t -p -w Parameters for case 'b' = -f_tempdir_\caseb.dat -n10000 -t -v -w Parameters for case 'b.1' = -f_tempdir_\caseb.dat -n10000 -t -w Parameters for case 'c' = -f_tempdir_\casea.dat -n10000 -w Parameters for case 'd' = -f_tempdir_\caseb.dat -n10000 -w Run the test (and even others) and see... // iotest.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // #include <windows.h> #include <iostream> #include <set> #include <vector> #include "stdafx.h" double RealTime_Microsecs() { LARGE_INTEGER fr = {0, 0}; LARGE_INTEGER ti = {0, 0}; double time = 0.0; QueryPerformanceCounter(&ti); QueryPerformanceFrequency(&fr); time = (double) ti.QuadPart / (double) fr.QuadPart; return time; } int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { std::string sFileName ; size_t stSize, stTimes, stBytes ; int retval = 0 ; char *p = NULL ; char *pPattern = NULL ; char *pReadBuf = NULL ; try { // Default stSize = 1<<30 ; // 1Gb stTimes = 1000 ; stBytes = 50 ; bool bTruncate = false ; bool bPre = false ; bool bPreFast = false ; bool bOrdered = false ; bool bReverse = false ; bool bWriteOnly = false ; // Comsumo i parametri for(int index=1; index < argc; ++index) { if ( '-' != argv[index][0] ) throw ; switch(argv[index][1]) { case 'f': sFileName = argv[index]+2 ; break ; case 's': stSize = xw::str::strtol(argv[index]+2) ; break ; case 'n': stTimes = xw::str::strtol(argv[index]+2) ; break ; case 'b':stBytes = xw::str::strtol(argv[index]+2) ; break ; case 't': bTruncate = true ; break ; case 'p' : bPre = true, bPreFast = false ; break ; case 'v' : bPreFast = true, bPre = false ; break ; case 'o' : bOrdered = true, bReverse = false ; break ; case 'r' : bReverse = true, bOrdered = false ; break ; case 'w' : bWriteOnly = true ; break ; default: throw ; break ; } } if ( sFileName.empty() ) { std::cout << "Usage: -f<File Name> -s<File Size> -n<Number of Reads and Writes> -b<Bytes per Read and Write> -t -p -v -o -r -w" << std::endl ; std::cout << "-t truncates the file, -p pre load the file, -v pre load 'veloce', -o writes in order mode, -r write in reverse order mode, -w Write Only" << std::endl ; std::cout << "Default: 1Gb, 1000 times, 50 bytes" << std::endl ; throw ; } if ( !stSize || !stTimes || !stBytes ) { std::cout << "Invalid Parameters" << std::endl ; return -1 ; } size_t stBestSize = 0x00100000 ; std::fstream fFile ; fFile.open(sFileName.c_str(), std::ios_base::binary|std::ios_base::out|std::ios_base::in|(bTruncate?std::ios_base::trunc:0)) ; p = new char[stBestSize] ; pPattern = new char[stBytes] ; pReadBuf = new char[stBytes] ; memset(p, 0, stBestSize) ; memset(pPattern, (int)(stBytes&0x000000ff), stBytes) ; double dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; size_t stCopySize, stSizeToCopy = stSize ; if ( bPre ) { do { stCopySize = std::min(stSizeToCopy, stBestSize) ; fFile.write(p, stCopySize) ; stSizeToCopy -= stCopySize ; } while (stSizeToCopy) ; std::cout << "Creating time is: " << xw::str::itoa(RealTime_Microsecs()-dTime, 5, 'f') << std::endl ; } else if ( bPreFast ) { fFile.seekp(stSize-1) ; fFile.write(p, 1) ; std::cout << "Creating Fast time is: " << xw::str::itoa(RealTime_Microsecs()-dTime, 5, 'f') << std::endl ; } size_t stPos ; ::srand((unsigned int)dTime) ; double dReadTime, dWriteTime ; stCopySize = stTimes ; std::vector<size_t> inVect ; std::vector<size_t> outVect ; std::set<size_t> outSet ; std::set<size_t> inSet ; // Prepare vector and set do { stPos = (size_t)(::rand()<<16) % stSize ; outVect.push_back(stPos) ; outSet.insert(stPos) ; stPos = (size_t)(::rand()<<16) % stSize ; inVect.push_back(stPos) ; inSet.insert(stPos) ; } while (--stCopySize) ; // Write & read using vectors if ( !bReverse && !bOrdered ) { std::vector<size_t>::iterator outI, inI ; outI = outVect.begin() ; inI = inVect.begin() ; stCopySize = stTimes ; dReadTime = 0.0 ; dWriteTime = 0.0 ; do { dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekp(*outI) ; fFile.write(pPattern, stBytes) ; dWriteTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++outI ; if ( !bWriteOnly ) { dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekg(*inI) ; fFile.read(pReadBuf, stBytes) ; dReadTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++inI ; } } while (--stCopySize) ; std::cout << "Write time is " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime, 5, 'f') << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime/stTimes, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; if ( !bWriteOnly ) { std::cout << "Read time is " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime, 5, 'f') << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime/stTimes, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; } } // End // Write in order if ( bOrdered ) { std::set<size_t>::iterator i = outSet.begin() ; dWriteTime = 0.0 ; stCopySize = 0 ; for(; i != outSet.end(); ++i) { stPos = *i ; dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekp(stPos) ; fFile.write(pPattern, stBytes) ; dWriteTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++stCopySize ; } std::cout << "Ordered Write time is " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime, 5, 'f') << " in " << xw::str::itoa(stCopySize) << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime/stCopySize, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; if ( !bWriteOnly ) { i = inSet.begin() ; dReadTime = 0.0 ; stCopySize = 0 ; for(; i != inSet.end(); ++i) { stPos = *i ; dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekg(stPos) ; fFile.read(pReadBuf, stBytes) ; dReadTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++stCopySize ; } std::cout << "Ordered Read time is " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime, 5, 'f') << " in " << xw::str::itoa(stCopySize) << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime/stCopySize, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; } }// End // Write in reverse order if ( bReverse ) { std::set<size_t>::reverse_iterator i = outSet.rbegin() ; dWriteTime = 0.0 ; stCopySize = 0 ; for(; i != outSet.rend(); ++i) { stPos = *i ; dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekp(stPos) ; fFile.write(pPattern, stBytes) ; dWriteTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++stCopySize ; } std::cout << "Reverse ordered Write time is " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime, 5, 'f') << " in " << xw::str::itoa(stCopySize) << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dWriteTime/stCopySize, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; if ( !bWriteOnly ) { i = inSet.rbegin() ; dReadTime = 0.0 ; stCopySize = 0 ; for(; i != inSet.rend(); ++i) { stPos = *i ; dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.seekg(stPos) ; fFile.read(pReadBuf, stBytes) ; dReadTime += RealTime_Microsecs() - dTime ; ++stCopySize ; } std::cout << "Reverse ordered Read time is " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime, 5, 'f') << " in " << xw::str::itoa(stCopySize) << " (Ave: " << xw::str::itoa(dReadTime/stCopySize, 10, 'f') << ")" << std::endl ; } }// End dTime = RealTime_Microsecs() ; fFile.close() ; std::cout << "Flush/Close Time is " << xw::str::itoa(RealTime_Microsecs()-dTime, 5, 'f') << std::endl ; std::cout << "Program Terminated" << std::endl ; } catch(...) { std::cout << "Something wrong or wrong parameters" << std::endl ; retval = -1 ; } if ( p ) delete []p ; if ( pPattern ) delete []pPattern ; if ( pReadBuf ) delete []pReadBuf ; return retval ; }

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 604 605 606 607 608 609  | Next Page >